.
. 2558
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
ก

ISBN: 978-974-672-954-3
­Šªœ¨·…­·š›·Í˜µ¤„‘®¤µ¥
®oµ¤šÎµŽÊ宦º°—´—ž¨Š­nªœ®œ¹ÉŠ­nªœÄ—®¦º°š´ÊŠ®¤—…°Š®œ´Š­º°Á¨n¤œ¸ÊץŤnŗo¦´°œ»µ˜
¡·¤¡r‡¦³ÊŠš¸É 1 ‹Îµœªœ 2,250 Á¨n¤
­Îµœ´„¡·¤¡r ®oµŠ®»oœ­nªœ‹Îµ„´— ªœ·—µ„µ¦¡·¤¡r ˜ .
­´œŸ¸Á­ºÊ° ° .
Á¤º°ŠÁ¸¥ŠÄ®¤n ‹ .
Á¸¥ŠÄ®¤n
¦µ‡µ 100 µš
˜nŠÃ—¥ ¦°Š«µ­˜¦µ‹µ¦¥r —¦ . Á°„³¥ ­Š°·œš¦r
‡–—¸´–”·˜ª·š¥µ¨´¥ ¤®µª·š¥µ¨´¥Á¸¥ŠÄ®¤n
Email: akachai.s@cmu.ac.th, akachaiz@gmail.com, akachaiz@hotmail.com
Ph.D., University of London, UK ( ‡ .
« . 1994)
DIC (Diploma of Imperial College) in Electrical Engineering, Univ. of London, UK ( ‡ .
« . 1994)
ª« .
¤ . ( ª·«ª„¦¦¤Å¢¢jµ ) ‹»¯µ¨Š„¦–r¤®µª·š¥µ¨´¥ ( ¡ .
« . 2527)
ª« .
 . ( ª·«ª„¦¦¤Å¢¢jµ ) ¤®µª·š¥µ¨´¥Á¸¥ŠÄ®¤n ( ¡ .
« . 2523)
‹³—šÎµÃ—¥ ³–”·˜ª·š¥µ¨³¥ ¤®µª·š¥µ¨³¥Á¸¥ŠÄ®¤n
239 ™ .
®oª¥Â„oª ˜ .
­»Áš¡ ° .
Á¤º°ŠÁ¸¥ŠÄ®¤n ‹ .
Á¸¥ŠÄ®¤n 50200
ข
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

.
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
ค

®µ„®œ´Š­º°œ¸Ê¤¸ž¦³Ã¥œr˜n°„µ¦Á…¸¥œ®œ´Š­º°…°Ššnµœ …oµ¡Á‹oµ…°¤°‡ªµ¤—¸œ¸Ê Ä®o„n£µ‡ª·µ
ª·«ª„¦¦¤Å¢¢jµ ‡–³ª·«ª„¦¦¤«µ­˜¦r ¤®µª·š¥µ¨´¥Á¸¥ŠÄ®¤n Ž¹ÉŠÁž}œ­™µ´œš¸Éŗož¦³­·š›·Íž¦³­µš
ª·µ‡ªµ¤¦¼oĜ…´Êœ¡ºÊœ“µœÄ®o„n…oµ¡Á‹oµ
„·˜˜·„¦¦¤ž¦³„µ«…oµŠ˜oœœ¸Ê ‡´—¨°„¤µ‹µ„
‡¼n¤º°„µ¦Á…¸¥œž¦·µœ·¡œ›r ‡–³ª·«ª„¦¦¤«µ­˜¦r ¤®µª·š¥µ¨´¥Á¸¥ŠÄ®¤n
×¥ ¦°Š«µ­˜¦µ‹µ¦¥r —¦ . Á°„´¥ ­Š°·œš¦r
‡–—¸‡–³ª·«ª„¦¦¤«µ­˜¦r ¤®µª·š¥µ¨´¥Á¸¥ŠÄ®¤n
„´œ¥µ¥œ ¡ .
« . 2544
oµ¡Á‹oµ…°…°‡»– ‡–³Ÿ¼o¦·®µ¦´–”·˜ª·š¥µ¨´¥ °´œÅ—o„n « .
—¦ .
š·¡ª¦¦– ­·Š®rئ£¡ ¦« .
—¦ .
»¬´œ
«·¦·›´µ¨´„¬–r ¦« .
—¦ .
ª¦š´«œr °·œš¦´‡‡´¤¡¦ ¦« .
—¦ .
š·¡µ¡¦ ªŠ«r®Š¬r„»¨ ¦« .
¡¦¦–·£µ Å¡¼¨¥rœ·¤·˜¦
Ÿ« .
—¦ .
›œ¸¥µ Á‹˜·¥µœ»„¦„»¨ ‡»–­·¦·„´¨¥µ Á°¤®§š´¥ ¨³ »‡¨µ„¦´–”·˜ª·š¥µ¨´¥š»„šnµœ š¸Éŗo
nª¥Á®¨º°…oµ¡Á‹oµ š´ÊŠÄœ—oµœ ¦Š„µ¥ ¦ŠÄ‹ ¨³­˜·ž{µ Ĝ„µ¦…´Á‡¨ºÉ°œ´–”·˜ª·š¥µ¨´¥Åž­¼n
Ážjµ®¤µ¥š¸ÉªµŠÅªo
œ°„‹µ„œ¸Ê …oµ¡Á‹oµ…°…°¡¦³‡»– « .
œ¡ .
›¸¦³ «·¦·­´œ›œ³ « .
—¦ .
ª·£µ—µ ‡»–µª·„˜·„»¨ « .
—¦ .
°µœ´œ˜r
„µ‹œ¡´œ›»r ¦« .
—¦ .
­·¦·ª»•· ¼¦–¡·¦ ‡»–ª¦µ¦´„¬r ¡´•œÁ„¸¥¦˜·¡Š«r ‡»–‹¸¦µ¡¦¦– ­ª´­—·Í¡Š¬r ¨³‡»–
ª´žª¸–r ¡Š«r„­·–ž£¡ š¸Éŗonª¥˜¦ª‹šµœ˜oœŒ´ ¨³Ä®o…o°Á­œ°Âœ³ ‹œšÎµÄ®o®œ´Š­º°‡¼n¤º°„µ¦
Á…¸¥œÂ¨³¡·¤¡rž¦·µœ·¡œ›rÁ¨n¤œ¸Ê ­ÎµÁ¦È‹¨»¨nªŠÅž—oª¥—¸
¦°Š«µ­˜¦µ‹µ¦¥r —¦ . Á°„´¥ ­Š°·œš¦r
‡–—¸´–”·˜ª·š¥µ¨´¥ ¤®µª·š¥µ¨´¥Á¸¥ŠÄ®¤n
„»¤£µ¡´œ›r ¡ .
« . 2558
ง
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

®œ´Š­º°‡¼n¤º°„µ¦Á…¸¥œÂ¨³¡·¤¡rž¦·µœ·¡œ›rœ¸Ê ¡´•œµ…¹Êœ¤µ‹µ„ ‡¼n¤º°„µ¦Á…¸¥œž¦·µœ·¡œ›r ‡–³
ª·«ª„¦¦¤«µ­˜¦r ¤®µª·š¥µ¨´¥Á¸¥ŠÄ®¤n ¡ .
« . 2544 ×¥ ¦°Š«µ­˜¦µ‹µ¦¥r —¦ . Á°„´¥ ­Š°·œš¦r
ž¦³„°„´ ‡¼n¤º°„µ¦Á…¸¥œª·š¥µœ·¡œ›r¨³„µ¦‡oœ‡ªoµÂ°·­¦³ …°Š´–”·˜ª·š¥µ¨´¥
¤®µª·š¥µ¨´¥Á¸¥ŠÄ®¤n ¡ .
« . 2551 Ž¹ÉŠÁž}œ®œ´Š­º°š¸Éŗo¦´„µ¦¡´•œµ¤µÁž}œ¦³¥³‹µ„ ‡¼n¤º°„µ¦Á…¸¥œ
ª·š¥µœ·¡œ›r Œ´že ¡ .
« . 2545 ×¥ ¦°Š«µ­˜¦µ‹µ¦¥r —¦ . ›¸¦¡Š«r ›œ­»š›·¡·š´„¬r
ª´˜™»ž¦³­Š‡r®¨´„…°Š®œ´Š­º°Á¨n¤œ¸Ê Á¡ºÉ°Áž}œ„µ¦¥„¦³—´¤µ˜¦“µœ„µ¦Á…¸¥œÂ¨³¡·¤¡r —»¬‘¸œ·¡œ›r
(Dissertation) ª·š¥µœ·¡œ›r (Thesis) ¨³ ¦µ¥Šµœ„µ¦‡oœ‡ªoµÂ°·­¦³ (Independent Study) ­Îµ®¦´
„µ¦«¹„¬µ¦³—´´–”·˜«¹„¬µ …°Š¤®µª·š¥µ¨´¥Á¸¥ŠÄ®¤n ¨³Á¡ºÉ°ÄoÁž}œ‡¼n¤º°Äœ„µ¦Á…¸¥œÂ¨³¡·¤¡r
®œ´Š­º°šµŠª·µ„µ¦­Îµ®¦´»‡‡¨š´ÉªÅž ×¥¤¸­µ¦³­Îµ‡´…°Š„µ¦ž¦´ž¦»Š‹µ„‡¼n¤º°„µ¦Á…¸¥œ
ª·š¥µœ·¡œ›r¨³„µ¦‡oœ‡ªoµÂ°·­¦³ …°Š´–”·˜ª·š¥µ¨´¥ ¤®µª·š¥µ¨´¥Á¸¥ŠÄ®¤n Œ´že ¡ .
« . 2551
—´Šœ¸Ê
1) „µ¦Á¡·É¤®œoµž„Äœ (Inner Cover Page)
2) „µ¦Ážd—ð„µ­Ä®o¤¸®œoµ…o°‡ªµ¤°»š·« (Dedication Page)
3) „µ¦Ážd—ð„µ­Ä®o¤¸­nªœ¦µ¥„µ¦°´„¬¦¥n° (Abbreviations) ­´¨´„¬–r (Symbols) ˜´ªÂž¦
(Variables) ®œnª¥ (Units) °£·›µœ«´¡šr (Glossary) ¨³°ºÉœÇ
4) „µ¦Á¡·É¤®œoµ…o°‡ªµ¤Â®nŠ„µ¦¦·Á¦·É¤ (Statement(s) of Originality) ×¥ÁŒ¡µ³°¥nµŠ¥·ÉŠ
´Š‡´­Îµ®¦´„µ¦«¹„¬µ¦³—´ž¦·µÁ°„
5) „µ¦Ážd—ð„µ­Ä®oÁ¨º°„čo¦³„µ¦°oµŠ°·Š ˜µ¤¤µ˜¦“µœš¸É¥°¤¦´„´œš´ÉªÅž ĜªŠ„µ¦
ª·µ„µ¦˜nµŠÇ Ánœ AMA, APA ®¦º° Vancouver ¨³ „µ¦°oµŠ°·Š‹µ„­·ÉŠ¡·¤¡rœ¦³
°°œÅ¨œr (Online Referencing)
6) „µ¦Á¡·É¤®œoµ¦µ¥„µ¦Ÿ¨ŠµœÁŸ¥Â¡¦nš¸ÉŸ¨·˜…¹Êœ‹µ„Ÿ¼oÁ…¸¥œ (List of Publications)
7) „µ¦ Ážd—ð„µ­Ä®o­µ¤µ¦™Á¡·É¤£µ¡™nµ¥…°ŠŸ¼oÁ…¸¥œ ¨ŠÄœž¦³ª´˜·Ÿ¼oÁ…¸¥œÅ—o—oª¥
8) „µ¦ª´—Áž}œ¦³Á¤˜¦·„ ¨³Á¨…®œoµ°¥¼n˜¦Š„¨µŠ—oµœ¨nµŠ šœ„µ¦°¥¼n˜¦Š„¨µŠ—oµœœ
š´ÊŠœ¸Ê Á¡ºÉ°Ä®oÁ„·—‡ªµ¤š´œ­¤´¥ ­µ¤µ¦™Á…oµÄ‹Å—o×¥Šnµ¥ ¨—‡ªµ¤­´­œ Á¡·É¤‡ªµ¤¥º—®¥»nœÂ¨³
šµŠÁ¨º°„Äœ„µ¦¡·¤¡r ×¥ÁŒ¡µ³°¥nµŠ¥·ÉŠ ĜÁ¦ºÉ°Š¦¼žÂ„µ¦¡·¤¡r ¨³„µ¦°oµŠ°·Š
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
จ

œ°„‹µ„œ´Êœ ®œ´Š­º°‡¼n¤º°„µ¦Á…¸¥œÂ¨³¡·¤¡rž¦·µœ·¡œ›rŒ´œ¸Ê Áž}œŒ´š¸É°°„ÁŸ¥Â¡¦n ˜´ÊŠÂ˜nª´œš¸É
14 „»¤£µ¡´œ›r ¡ .
« . 2558 ×¥‹³Äo„´œ´„«¹„¬µš¸É­nŠ®œ´Š­º°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r ˜´ÊŠÂ˜n£µ‡„µ¦«¹„¬µš¸É 1 že
„µ¦«¹„¬µ 2558 Áž}œ˜oœÅž ®¦º°„¨nµª‡º° ˜´ÊŠÂ˜nÁ—º°œ­·Š®µ‡¤ ¡ .
« . 2558 Áž}œ˜oœÅž Ž¹ÉŠ®œ´Š­º°‡¼n¤º°œ¸Ê
‹³¤¸­µ¦³­Îµ‡´Â˜„˜nµŠ‹µ„ ®œ´Š­º°‡¼n¤º°² Á—·¤ š¸É°°„ – ª´œš¸É 1 „¦„‘µ‡¤ ¡ .
« . 2557 —´Šœ¸Ê
1) Á¡·É¤®œoµ‡Îµ°»š·«
2) ž¦´ÁœºÊ°®µÂ¨³…o°‡ªµ¤Äœ®œoµ„·˜˜·„¦¦¤ž¦³„µ«Â¨³‡ÎµœÎµ
3) ž¦´Á¨…®œoµÄœ­µ¦´Ä®o­°—¦´„´„µ¦Â„oŅÁ¡·É¤Á˜·¤
4) Á¡·É¤®´ª…o°š¸É 5.4 „µ¦Á…¸¥œ ˜´ªÂž¦ ‡nµ‡Šš¸É ¨³®œnª¥ ĜšµŠª·š¥µ«µ­˜¦r
5) Á¡·É¤®´ª…o°š¸É 5.5 „µ¦Á…¸¥œ„¦–¸«¹„¬µÄœ„µ¦šÎµ„µ¦‡oœ‡ªoµÂ°·­¦³
6) ž¦´ž¦»Š ¨³Â„o‡ÎµŸ·— ĜÁœºÊ°®µ­µ¦³ Ĝ­nªœ˜nµŠÇ Ä®oÁ…oµÄ‹Å—oŠnµ¥…¹Êœ
7) °œ»µ˜Ä®oÁ¨º°„čo ‡Îµ ®¦º° ¦¼žÂ š¸É˜„˜nµŠ„´œÅ—o Ánœ
- “ ­µ¦´ ” ®¦º° “ ­µ¦µ ”
- “Chairman” ®¦º° “Chairperson”
- ¦¼žÂ„µ¦¡·¤¡rš¸ÉÁ¨º°„Å—o 3  ŗo„n Áªoµ (Indented Style) ¨È°„ (Block
Style) ®¦º° Â…ªœ (Hanging Style)
- ®œoµ­µ¦´£µ¡ ­µ¦´˜µ¦µŠ ¨³­µ¦´°ºÉœÇ ­µ¤µ¦™Á¨º°„„µ¦¡·¤¡r š¸É¤¸‡Îµªnµ
“ £µ¡š¸É ” ®¦º° “ ˜µ¦µŠš¸É ” °¥¼nĜ¦¦š´—Á—¸¥ª„´Á¨…š¸É…°Š£µ¡®¦º°˜µ¦µŠ ®¦º°‹³
‹´—¡·¤¡rŪoÁŒ¡µ³š¸É˜oœ­—¤£r…°ŠÁ¨…š¸É…°Š£µ¡®¦º°˜µ¦µŠÁšnµœ´Êœ
- „µ¦¡·¤¡r®´ª…o°Äœ­µ¦´ ‡ª¦Á…¸¥œÅ¤nÁ„·œ 3 ¦³—´ ŗo„n šš¸É ®´ª…o°Á¦ºÉ°Š ¨³®´ª…o°
¥n°¥ Ž¹ÉŠ‹³ž¦³„°—oª¥ šš¸É x ®´ª…o°Á¦ºÉ°Š x .
y ¨³®´ª…o°¥n°¥ x .
y .
z Ášnµœ´Êœ ×¥ x
®¤µ¥™¹Š Á¨…ž¦³‹Îµš y ®¤µ¥™¹Š Á¨…®´ª…o°Á¦ºÉ°Š ¨³ z ®¤µ¥™¹Š Á¨…®´ª…o°¥n°¥
ฉ
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

„·˜˜·„¦¦¤ž¦³„µ«
‡ÎµœÎµ
®œoµ
‹
Š
šš¸É 1 šœÎµ 1
1.1 ‡ªµ¤Áž}œ¤µ 1
1.2 ª´˜™»ž¦³­Š‡r…°Š®œ´Š­º°‡¼n¤º°œ¸Ê 2
1.3 „µ¦ª´—¦³¥³Äœ„µ¦¡·¤¡r 2
1.4 °´„¬¦˜´ª¡·¤¡r 3
1.5 „µ¦‡·—ž¦·¤µ–ŠµœÄœ„µ¦šÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›r 3
šš¸É 2 „µ¦šÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›r 5
2.1 …´Êœ˜°œÁ„¸É¥ª„´„µ¦šÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›r 5
2.2 „¦³ªœ„µ¦šÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›r 6
2.3 …o°‡ª¦¦³ª´ŠÄœ„µ¦šÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›r 7
šš¸É 3 ºÉ°®´ª…o°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r 9
3.1 ®¨´„„µ¦˜´ÊŠºÉ°®´ª…o°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r 9
3.2 °´„¬¦¥n°Â¨³‡Îµ«´¡šrÁŒ¡µ³ªŠ„µ¦ 10
3.3 ºÉ°šµŠª·š¥µ«µ­˜¦r…°Š­·ÉŠ¤¸¸ª·˜ 10
3.4 ºÉ°®´ª…o°®¨´„¨³ºÉ°®´ª…o°¦°Š 10
3.5 ºÉ°®´ª…o°£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬ 10
3.6 ºÉ°®´ª…o°„´Á‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥ª¦¦‡˜°œ 12
šš¸É 4 „µ¦°oµŠ°·Š 13
4.1 ¦³„µ¦°oµŠ°·Š 13
4.2 ¦³Á·Š°¦¦™Â¨³¦¦–µœ»„¦¦¤ 14
4.3 ¦µ¥„µ¦Á°„­µ¦°oµŠ°·Š®¦º°¦¦–µœ»„¦¤ 17
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
ช

šš¸É 5 ®œ´Š­º°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r 21
5.1 °Š‡rž¦³„°…°Š®œ´Š­º°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r 21
5.2 „µ¦Á…¸¥œš‡´—¥n° 25
5.3 „µ¦Á…¸¥œ‡ÎµÂž¨ ‡Îµš´«´¡šr ¨³°´„¬¦¥n° 26
5.4 „µ¦Á…¸¥œ˜´ªÂž¦ ‡nµ‡Šš¸É ¨³®œnª¥ ĜšµŠª·š¥µ«µ­˜¦r 26
5.5 „¦–¸«¹„¬µÄœ„µ¦šÎµ„µ¦‡oœ‡ªoµÂ°·­¦³ 27
šš¸É 6 „µ¦¡·¤¡r®œ´Š­º°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r 29
6.1 …œµ—„¦³—µ¬Â¨³„¦°„µ¦¡·¤¡r 29
6.2 ¢°œ˜r  ¨³…œµ— 29
6.3 ¥n°®œoµÂ¨³„µ¦‹´—¥n°®œoµ 30
6.4 ¦³¥³¦¦š´—¨³¦³¥³¥n°®œoµ 31
6.5 „µ¦Áªoœª¦¦‡Â¨³n°ŠÅ¢ 31
6.6 „µ¦‹´—ÂœªÂ¨³„µ¦Á¥ºÊ°Š 32
6.7 „µ¦‹´—ªµŠ˜µ¦µŠ £µ¡ ¨³‡Îµ¦¦¥µ¥ž¦³„° 34
6.8 „µ¦¡·¤¡r ªŠÁ¨È °´ž¦³„µ« ¨³°´„¬¦¡·Á«¬ 34
6.9 „µ¦¨Îµ—´®œoµ 35
6.10 ¦¼žÂš¸É‡ŠÁ­oœ‡ŠªµÂ¨³­¤ÉεÁ­¤° 36
Á°„­µ¦°oµŠ°·Š 37
£µ‡Ÿœª„
£µ‡Ÿœª„ „ ˜´ª°¥nµŠ„µ¦¡·¤¡r®œoµ˜nµŠÇ 39
£µ‡Ÿœª„ … °£·›µœ«´¡šr 71
__________
ซ
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

1
Ĝ„µ¦«¹„¬µ¦³—´´–”·˜«¹„¬µ (Graduate Education) œ´„«¹„¬µ‹³˜o°Š‹´—šÎµ Á¦¸¥Á¦¸¥Š ®¦º° Á…¸¥œ
šœ·¡œ›r ®¦º° ¦µ¥ŠµœšµŠª·µ„µ¦ š¸ÉÁ„·—…¹Êœ‹µ„„µ¦ª·‹´¥ (Research) ®¦º° „µ¦«¹„¬µ‡oœ‡ªoµ (Study)
—oª¥˜œÁ°Š Á¡ºÉ°Áž}œ­nªœ®œ¹ÉŠ…°Š„µ¦­ÎµÁ¦È‹„µ¦«¹„¬µ ˜µ¤ÁŠºÉ°œÅ……°Š®¨´„­¼˜¦ ×¥š´ÉªÅž ‹³¤¸ºÉ°
Á¦¸¥„Ÿ¨ŠµœšµŠª·µ„µ¦Äœ¨´„¬–³—´Š„¨nµªÂ˜„˜nµŠ„´œ°°„Åž ˜µ¤¦³—´…°Š„µ¦«¹„¬µ ®¦º° ˜µ¤
¨´„¬–³Â¨³ž¦·¤µ–Šµœš¸ÉšÎµ„µ¦«¹„¬µ Ánœ Ĝ¦³—´ž¦·µÁ°„ Á¦¸¥„ªnµ —»¬‘¸œ·¡œ›r [ «¼œ¥rÁš‡ÃœÃ¨¥¸
°·Á¨È„š¦°œ·„­r¨³‡°¤¡·ªÁ˜°¦r®nŠµ˜· ­ .
ª .
š .
 .] ªµšœ·¡œ›r [ ¦µ´–”·˜² 2545] (Dissertation)
®¦º° ª·š¥µœ·¡œ›r¦´—³ž¦·µÁ°„ (Doctoral Thesis) ­nªœÄœ¦³—´ž¦·µÃš ‹³¤¸ 2 ¨´„¬–³ ŗo„n
ª·š¥µœ·¡œ›r (Thesis) ¨³ ¦µ¥Šµœ„µ¦‡oœ‡ªoµÂ°·­¦´ ®¦º° ¦µ¥Šµœ„µ¦«¹„¬µ—oª¥˜œÁ°Š (I.S.:
Independent Study)
°¥nµŠÅ¦„È—¸ Ĝ®œ´Š­º°Á¨n¤œ¸Ê ®µ„„¨nµª™¹Š‡Îµªnµ “ ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r ” ®¦º°Äœ£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬Äo‡Îµªnµ
“Thesis” ‹³¦ª¤‡ªµ¤®¤µ¥™¹Š ¦µ¥ŠµœšµŠª·µ„µ¦Äœ¨´„¬–³—´Š„¨nµª…oµŠ˜oœ Ž¹ÉŠ¦ª¤š´ÊŠ —»¬‘¸œ·¡œ›r
ª·š¥µœ·¡œ›r ¨³ ¦µ¥Šµœ„µ¦‡oœ‡ªoµÂ°·­¦³ ¥„Áªoœ„¦–¸š¸É¦³»ÅªoÁž}œ°¥nµŠ°ºÉœ
1.1
ÁœºÉ°Š‹µ„ž{‹‹»´œ œ´„«¹„¬µ¦³—´´–”·˜«¹„¬µ (Graduate Students) ¨Šš³Á¸¥œÁ¦¸¥œ„¦³ªœª·µ
—»¬‘¸œ·¡œ›r ª·š¥µœ·¡œ›r ®¦º° „µ¦‡oœ‡ªoµÂ°·­¦³ š´ÊŠÄœ¦³—´ž¦·µÁ°„ ¨³ ž¦·µÃš š¸É
‹³˜o°ŠÁ…¸¥œÂ¨³¡·¤¡rž¦·µœ·¡œ›r‡ª‡¼nŞ„´ „µ¦ª·‹´¥ ®¦º°„µ¦«¹„¬µ‡oœ‡ªoµ š¸ÉŗošÎµŸnµœ¤µ Ž¹ÉŠ
Áž}œ­nªœ®œ¹ÉŠ…°Š„µ¦«¹„¬µÁ¡ºÉ°…°¦´ž¦·µÄœ¦³—´®œ¹ÉŠ¦³—´Ä— ¨³ Ĝ„µ¦ª·‹´¥œ´Êœ œ´„«¹„¬µ¤´„
ž¦³­„´ž{®µ˜nµŠÇ ¦³®ªnµŠ„µ¦šÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›r œ´˜´ÊŠÂ˜n „µ¦„ε®œ—ž¦³Á—Èœž{®µ (Problems
Identification) „µ¦˜´ÊŠºÉ°®´ª…o° (Title) „µ¦‹´—šÎµ…o°Á­œ°®´ª…o°Â¨³Ã‡¦Š¦nµŠÁ¡ºÉ°šÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›r
(Dissertation/Thesis/I.S. Proposal) „µ¦—εÁœ·œ„µ¦šÎµª·š¥µœ·¡œ›r ‹œ™¹Š…´Êœ˜°œ­»—šoµ¥ ‡º° „µ¦Á…¸¥œ
¨³¡·¤¡rž¦·µœ·¡œ›r Ž¹ÉŠœ´„«¹„¬µ­nªœÄ®n¥´Š‡Š­´­œ ªnµ‹³Á…¸¥œª·š¥µœ·¡œ›rÄ®o°¥¼nĜ ¦¼žÂ
(Format) ė ×¥¤´„‹³¤¸¦µ¥¨³Á°¸¥—‹»„‹·„¤µ„¤µ¥ œ´˜´ÊŠÂ˜n„µ¦˜´ÊŠºÉ°®´ª…o°š¸ÉŤnÁ®¤µ³­¤ ®¦º°
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
1

µŠ‡¦´ÊŠ„È…µ—­nªœ­Îµ‡´˜nµŠÇ š¸É‡ª¦‹³Á…¸¥œ¨ŠÄœ®œ´Š­º°Â˜n„¨´Å¤nŗoÁ…¸¥œÅªo ‹œšÎµÄ®oŸ¨Šµœš¸É
œÎµÁ­œ°˜n°‡–³„¦¦¤„µ¦­°œ´Êœ ™¼„œÎµ„¨´ÅžÂ„oŅ°¥¼nÁž}œž¦³‹Îµ ¨³­nŠŸ¨Ä®oÁ„·—‡ªµ¤¨nµoµÂ¨³
Á­¸¥Áª¨µÅžÃ—¥Áž¨nµž¦³Ã¥œr ‹œµŠ‡¦´ÊŠ „ȚεĮoœ´„«¹„¬µÅ¤n­µ¤µ¦™­ÎµÁ¦È‹„µ¦«¹„¬µÅ—o˜µ¤
„ε®œ—Áª¨µ…°Š®¨´„­¼˜¦
š´ÊŠœ¸Ê ž¦·µœ·¡œ›rš¸É—¸ ‹³˜o°Š¤¸‡ªµ¤­¤¼¦–r‡¦™oªœ š¸É¡¦¦–œµ™¹Š…´Êœ˜°œÂ¨³ª·›¸„µ¦˜nµŠÇ ×¥
¨³Á°¸¥— œ´˜´ÊŠÂ˜n ž¦³ª´˜·‡ªµ¤Áž}œ¤µ (Historical Background) ®¦º° Á®˜»ž{‹‹´¥ (Rationales) …°Š
Á¦ºÉ°Š¦µªš¸ÉšÎµ„µ¦«¹„¬µ „µ¦„ε®œ—ž¦³Á—Èœž{®µ (Identification of Problems) ª´˜™»ž¦³­Š‡r
(Objectives) ª·›¸„µ¦ (Methods) …´Êœ˜°œÂ¨³ÂŸœ„µ¦—εÁœ·œ„µ¦ „µ¦°£·ž¦µ¥™¹Š…o°ÁšÈ‹‹¦·Š (Facts)
®¨´„“µœ (Evidences) ®¨´„„µ¦ (Principles) š§¬‘¸ (Theories) „µ¦˜´ÊŠ­¤¤»˜·“µœ (Hypothesis) „µ¦
ª·Á‡¦µ³®r ­´ŠÁ‡¦µ³®r š—­° š—¨°Š ˜¨°—‹œ„µ¦­¦»žÂ¨³°£·ž¦µ¥Ÿ¨š¸Éŗo¦´‹µ„„µ¦«¹„¬µ
‡oœ‡ªoµª·‹´¥œ´Êœ œ°„‹µ„œ´Êœ ‡ª¦¤¸„µ¦Á­œ°‡ªµ¤‡·—Á®Èœ®¦º°…o°Á­œ°Âœ³ Á¡ºÉ°„µ¦Â„ož{®µ®¦º°„µ¦
¡´•œµ˜n°ÅžÄœ°œµ‡˜ ¨³­nªœž¦³„°š¸É­Îµ‡´š¸É­»—°¸„­nªœ®œ¹ÉŠ ‡º° „µ¦°oµŠ°·Š (Citation or
Referencing) ™¹ŠÂ®¨nŠš¸É¤µ…°ŠŸ¨ŠµœšµŠž{µ (Sources of Intellectual Work) š¸Éž¦µ„’…¹Êœ‹µ„„µ¦
ÁŸ¥Â¡¦n (Publication) ¤µ„n°œ®œoµÂ¨oªÄœ°—¸˜ Ž¹ÉŠ„µ¦°oµŠ°·Šœ´Êœ¤¸®¨µ„®¨µ¥¦¼žÂ š´ÊŠÄœÁ¦ºÉ°Š…°Š
¦´ (System)  (Style) ¨³ ¤µ˜¦“µœ (Standard) —´Š‹³Å—o„¨nµª™¹Š¦µ¥¨³Á°¸¥—Äœš„µ¦°oµŠ°·Š
Ž¹ÉŠœ´„«¹„¬µ­µ¤µ¦™Á¨º°„čo¦¼žÂ®œ¹ÉŠ¦¼žÂÄ—„Èŗo ˜n˜o°ŠÄoÁ¡¸¥Š¦¼žÂÁ—¸¥ª˜¨°—š´ÊŠÁ¨n¤
1.2
®œ´Š­º°‡¼n¤º°„µ¦Á…¸¥œÂ¨³¡·¤¡rž¦·µœ·¡œ›rœ¸Ê ¤¸ª´˜™»ž¦³­Š‡rÁ¡ºÉ°Áž}œ
1.2.1 œªšµŠ„µ¦«¹„¬µ ‡oœ‡ªoµ ¨³ª·‹´¥ ­Îµ®¦´œ´„«¹„¬µ¦³—´´–”·˜«¹„¬µ
1.2.2 ‡¼n¤º°ž¦³„°„µ¦Á…¸¥œÂ¨³¡·¤¡r®œ´Š­º° —»¬‘¸œ·¡œ›r ª·š¥µœ·¡œ›r ®¦º° ¦µ¥Šµœ„µ¦
‡oœ‡ªoµÂ°·­¦³ Ä®oÁž}œ¤µ˜¦“µœÁ—¸¥ª„´œ
1.2.3 œªšµŠÄœ„µ¦Á…¸¥œÂ¨³¡·¤¡r ®œ´Š­º° ‡¼n¤º° ®¦º° ˜Îµ¦µšµŠª·µ„µ¦˜nµŠÇ ­Îµ®¦´»‡‡¨
š´ÉªÅž
1.3
ÁœºÉ°Š‹µ„¦³¤µ˜¦“µœ„µ¦ª´—¦³¥³Äœ„µ¦¡·¤¡r š¸Éœ·¥¤Äo„´œš´ÉªÅž ¤¸ 2 ¦³ ŗo„n ¦´Á¤˜¦·„
(Metric System) „´ ¦´°³Š„§¬ (English or British System) ×¥®œnª¥ª´—¦³¥³Äœ¦³Á¤˜¦·„
(Metric Unit) œ·¥¤ÄoÁž}œ ÁŽœ˜·Á¤˜¦ ( Ž¤ . ®¦º° cm.) ®¦º° ¤·¨¨·Á¤˜¦ ( ¤¤ . ®¦º° mm.) …¹Êœ°¥¼n„´‡ªµ¤
2
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

¨³Á°¸¥—š¸É­µ¤µ¦™„ε®œ—Å—o Ĝ…–³š¸É®œnª¥ª´—Äœ¦³°´Š„§¬ ®¦º°Á¦¸¥„ªnµ ®œnª¥°·¤¡¸Á¦¸¥¨
(Imperial Units) œ´Êœ œ·¥¤ÄoÁž}œ œ·Êª (in.)
š´ÊŠœ¸Ê Á¡ºÉ°‡ªµ¤Áž}œ¤µ˜¦“µœÄœ„µ¦ª´—¦³¥³ ­Îµ®¦´„µ¦¡·¤¡rž¦·µœ·¡œ›r Ĝ®œ´Š­º°œ¸Ê ‹³Äo¦³
Á¤˜¦·„š¸É®œnª¥ª´—Áž}œ ¤·¨¨·Á¤˜¦ ( ¤¤ . ®¦º° mm.) Áž}œ®¨´„ ×¥°µ‹¤¸„µ¦„ε„´‡nµ¦³¥³š¸ÉčoĜ®œnª¥
°·¤¡¸Á¦¸¥¨Áž}œ œ·Êª ŪoĜªŠÁ¨È—oª¥
1.4
œ°„‹µ„Á¦ºÉ°Š…°Š„µ¦ª´—¦³¥³Â¨oª „µ¦¡·¤¡r®œ´Š­º°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r¥´ŠÁ„¸É¥ª…o°ŠÃ—¥˜¦Š„´ 
˜³ª¡·¤¡r ®¦º° °³„¬¦ (Typeface or Type Style) š¸É®¤µ¥™¹Š ¦¼ž¨´„¬–³…°Š˜´ª°´„¬¦š¸Éŗo¦´„µ¦
°°„¤µÄ®o˜„˜nµŠ„´œ°°„Åž ×¥š´ÉªÅžÂ¨oª °´„¬¦š¸ÉčoĜ„µ¦¡·¤¡r „Ȥ¸Ä®oÁ¨º°„čoŗo°¥nµŠ
¤µ„¤µ¥ ¨³Äœž{‹‹»´œœ¸Ê ‡°¤¡·ªÁ˜°¦rÁ…oµ¤µ¤¸šµšÄœ„µ¦¡·¤¡r¤µ„…¹Êœ „Èœ·¥¤Á¦¸¥„ “ °´„¬¦ ”
°¥nµŠ­´ÊœÇ ªnµ ¢°œ˜r (Font) ×¥¢°œ˜r˜n¨³¢°œ˜r„È¥´Š¤¸ …œµ—¢°œ˜r (Font Size) Ä®oÁ¨º°„čošÅ¤n
‹Îµ„´—…œµ— ×¥®œnª¥„µ¦ª´—…œµ—…°Š¢°œ˜r Á¦¸¥„ªnµ ‹»— ®¦º° ¡°¥œ˜r (Point) ¨³…œµ—…°Š‹»—Äœ
šµŠ„µ¦¡·¤¡r™¼„„ε®œ—Ä®o¤¸…œµ— Ášnµ„´ 1/72 œ·Êª ®¦º°ž¦³¤µ– 0.35 ¤¤ . ¢°œ˜rš¸É¤¸‡nµ…œµ—‹»—š¸É
­¼Š…¹Êœ „È®¤µ¥™¹Š °´„¬¦š¸É¤¸…œµ—Ä®n…¹Êœ
œ°„‹µ„œ¸Ê ¢°œ˜r˜n¨³¢°œ˜r„È¥´Š­µ¤µ¦™Á¨º°„¨´„¬–³®¦º°Â„µ¦¡·¤¡rÄ®o˜„˜nµŠ„´œ°°„Şŗo
°¸„ Á¦¸¥„ªnµ ¢°œ˜r (Font Style) Ánœ ž„˜· (Regular) ®¦º° ˜´ÊŠ˜¦Š (Upright) Á°¸¥Š
(Italic) ®œµ (Bold) ®¦º° …¸—Á­oœÄ˜o (Underline) Áž}œ˜oœ Ž¹ÉŠœ´„«¹„¬µ‡ª¦«¹„¬µÁ¦¸¥œ¦¼o
Á„¸É¥ª„´¦³°´„¬¦˜´ª¡·¤¡r ¨³„µ¦¡·¤¡r (Typography) Ä®oÁ…oµÄ‹ Á¡ºÉ°„µ¦‹´—¡·¤¡r®œ´Š­º°Å—o°¥nµŠ
™¼„˜o°Š­ª¥Šµ¤˜n°Åž
š´ÊŠœ¸Ê …o°„ε®œ—¨³¦µ¥¨³Á°¸¥—Á„¸É¥ª„´„µ¦Äo°´„¬¦˜´ª¡·¡¤rĜ­nªœ˜nµŠÇ ‹³Å—o°›·µ¥Á¡·É¤Á˜·¤˜n°Åž
Ĝš„µ¦¡·¤¡r®œ´Š­º°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r
1.5
„¦³ªœª·µ—»¬‘¸œ·¡œ›r ª·š¥µœ·¡œ›r ®¦º°„µ¦‡oœ‡ªoµÂ°·­¦³ …°ŠÂ˜n¨³®¨´„­¼˜¦ ‹³¤¸‹Îµœªœ
®œnª¥„·˜š¸É˜„˜nµŠ„´œ°°„Åž ×¥‹Îµœªœ®œnª¥„·˜š¸É¦³»ÅªoĜ˜n¨³„¦³ªœª·µœ´Êœ ­³šo°œÄ®oÁ®Èœ
™¹Šž¦·¤µ–Šµœš¸Éœ´„«¹„¬µ‡ª¦š»n¤ÁšÄ®o„nŠµœª·‹´¥®¦º°„µ¦šÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›rœ´Êœ š´ÊŠœ¸Ê ž¦·¤µ–Šµœ 1
®œnª¥„·˜ ®¤µ¥™¹Š ž¦·¤µ–„µ¦šÎµŠµœ 3 ´ÉªÃ¤Š˜n°­´ž—µ®r Áž}œ¦³¥³Áª¨µ 1 £µ‡„µ¦«¹„¬µ ®¦º° 15
­´ž—µ®r š´ÊŠœ¸Ê ­µ¤µ¦™‡·—Áž}œž¦·¤µ–„µ¦šÎµŠµœÃ—¥¦ª¤ Ášnµ„´ 45 ´ÉªÃ¤Š˜n° 1 ®œnª¥„·˜
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
3

—´Šœ´Êœ „µ¦¨Šš³Á¸¥œÁ¦¸¥œ„¦³ªœª·µ„µ¦‡oœ‡ªoµÂ°·­¦³ 9 ®œnª¥„·˜ „È‹³®¤µ¥™¹Š „µ¦šÎµŠµœ
­´ž—µ®r¨³ 27 ´ÉªÃ¤Š Áž}œ¦³¥³Áª¨µ 15 ­´ž—µ®r ®¦º° ‡·—Áž}œž¦·¤µ–„µ¦šÎµŠµœš´ÊŠ­·Êœ Ášnµ„´ 27 u
15
= 405 ´ÉªÃ¤Š œ´ÉœÁ°Š ­Îµ®¦´„µ¦¨Šš³Á¸¥œª·š¥µœ·¡œ›r 36 ®œnª¥„·˜ „È‹³®¤µ¥™¹Š„µ¦šÎµŠµœ
×¥¦ª¤ 36 u
45 = 1,620 ´ÉªÃ¤Š Ž¹ÉŠ™oµ®µ„œ´„«¹„¬µšÎµŠµœª´œ¨³ 3 ´ÉªÃ¤Š ץŤn¤¸ª´œ®¥»— „È‹³Äo
Áª¨µÁšnµ„´ 1,620 y
3 = 540 ª´œ ®¦º°ž¦³¤µ– 1 že‡¦¹ÉŠ ˜n™oµ®µ„œ´„«¹„¬µšÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›rœ´Êœ
­´ž—µ®r¨³ 5 ª´œÇ ¨³ 6 ´ÉªÃ¤Š „È‹³ÄoÁª¨µÁšnµ„´ 1,620 y
5 y
6 = 54 ­´ž—µ®r ®¦º°ž¦³¤µ– 1 že
Ášnµœ´Êœ „ȇª¦‹³­µ¤µ¦™­ÎµÁ¦È‹„µ¦«¹„¬µÅ—o ˜n™oµ®µ„œ´„«¹„¬µÅ¤n­µ¤µ¦™š»n¤ÁšÁª¨µÄ®o„n„µ¦šÎµ
ž¦·µœ·¡œ›rÁšnµš¸É‡ª¦ „È°µ‹­nŠŸ¨Ä®oÁª¨µ…°Š„µ¦­ÎµÁ¦È‹„µ¦«¹„¬µ¥º—°°„Åž
4
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

2
„µ¦šÎµ—»¬‘¸œ·¡œ›r ª·š¥µœ·¡œ›r ®¦º°„µ¦‡oœ‡ªoµÂ°·­¦³ ™º°Å—oªnµ Áž}œ­nªœš¸É¥µ„¨Îµµ„¨³ÄoÁª¨µ
¤µ„š¸É­»—Äœ„µ¦«¹„¬µ¦³—´´–”·˜«¹„¬µ Ž¹ÉŠœ´„«¹„¬µ‡ª¦«¹„¬µ ¨³šÎµ‡ªµ¤Á…oµÄ‹Á„¸É¥ª„´ ¦´Á¸¥
ª·›¸ª·‹³¥ (Research Methodology) š¸Éœ·¥¤Äo¨³Áž}œš¸É¥°¤¦´„´œÄœªŠ„µ¦ª·µ„µ¦®¦º°­µ…µª·µš¸É˜œ
«¹„¬µ ˜¨°—‹œ«¹„¬µ „‘ ¦³Á¸¥ ÁŠºÉ°œÅ… ¨³…´Êœ˜°œ˜nµŠÇ š¸ÉÁ„¸É¥ª…o°Š ¡¦o°¤„´ªµŠÂŸœ„µ¦«¹„¬µ
Ä®o—¸š¸É­»— Á¡ºÉ°Ä®o­µ¤µ¦™­ÎµÁ¦È‹„µ¦«¹„¬µÅ—o£µ¥Äœ„ε®œ—Áª¨µ…°Š®¨´„­¼˜¦
2.1
´Êœ˜°œ­Îµ‡´Á„¸É¥ª„´„µ¦šÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›r š¸Éœ´„«¹„¬µ‹³˜o°Š—εÁœ·œ„µ¦˜µ¤¨Îµ—´ —´Šœ¸Ê
2.1.1 „µ¦Á­œ°®´ª…o°Â¨³Ã‡¦Š¦nµŠž¦·µœ·¡œ›r (Dissertation/Thesis/I.S. Proposal) Ž¹ÉŠ
®´ª…o°Â¨³Ã‡¦Š¦nµŠ² ˜o°ŠÅ—o¦´°œ»¤´˜·„n°œ ‹¹Š‹³­µ¤µ¦™¨Šš³Á¸¥œž¦·µœ·¡œ›rŗo
2.1.2 „µ¦¨Šš³Á¸¥œž¦·µœ·¡œ›r œ´„«¹„¬µ‹³˜o°Š¨Šš³Á¸¥œ˜µ¤¦®´­ª·µš¸É„ε®œ—ŪoĜ
®¨´„­¼˜¦Ášnµœ´Êœ £µ¥Äœ 2 £µ‡„µ¦«¹„¬µž„˜·™´—Åž ¤·Œ³œ´Êœ °µ‹šÎµÄ®oŤn­µ¤µ¦™­ÎµÁ¦È‹
„µ¦«¹„¬µ˜µ¤ÁŠºÉ°œÅ……°Š®¨´„­¼˜¦Å—o ®¦º°˜o°ŠÁ­œ°®´ª…o°Â¨³Ã‡¦Š¦nµŠ² Ä®¤n
2.1.3 „µ¦—εÁœ·œ„µ¦šÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›r Áž}œ…´Êœ˜°œš¸ÉčoÁª¨µ¤µ„š¸É­»—…°Š„µ¦«¹„¬µ š¸É
œ´„«¹„¬µ‹³˜o°Šš»n¤ÁšÄ®o„n„µ¦«¹„¬µ‡oœ‡ªoµ ‡ª‡¼n„´„µ¦Á¡·É¤¡¼œ‡ªµ¤¦¼o ‡ªµ¤­µ¤µ¦™
š´„¬³ ¨³ž¦³­„µ¦–r Á¡ºÉ°„µ¦šÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›rÄ®o­ÎµÁ¦È‹¨»¨nªŠ—oª¥—¸ ¨³¤¸‡»–£µ¡
2.1.4 „µ¦Á­œ°…°­°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r Áž}œ…´Êœ˜°œ®¨´Š‹µ„š¸Éœ´„«¹„¬µÅ—ošÎµ„µ¦«¹„¬µ‡oœ‡ªoµ
˜µ¤¦³Á¸¥ª·›¸ª·‹´¥Â¨³ÂŸœš¸ÉªµŠÅªoÁ­¦È‹­·Êœ ¨³Å—o‹´—šÎµ®œ´Š­º°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r ( Œ´
Á­œ°…°­° ) …¹ÊœÁž}œš¸ÉÁ¦¸¥¦o°¥Â¨oª š´ÊŠœ¸Ê œ´„«¹„¬µ‹³˜o°ŠœÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›r…°Š˜œÅž
˜¦ª‹­°„µ¦‡´—¨°„ (Plagiarism Check) ץަ„¦¤š¸É´–”·˜ª·š¥µ¨´¥„ε®œ— ®¦º°
ª·›¸„µ¦°ºÉœ˜µ¤­µ…µª·µ„ε®œ— ¡¦o°¤„´¡·¤¡r¦µ¥ŠµœŸ¨„µ¦˜¦ª‹­° œ„µ¦Á­œ°
°­°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r ¡¦o°¤„´Á­œ°Â˜nŠ˜´ÊŠ„¦¦¤„µ¦­°Ã—¥°µ‹µ¦¥rš¸Éž¦¹„¬µ
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
5

2.1.5 „µ¦­nŠž¦·µœ·¡œ›rŒ´­¤¼¦–r ®¨´Š‹µ„š¸É„oŅÁ¡·É¤Á˜·¤Áž}œš¸ÉÁ¦¸¥¦o°¥Â¨oª ( ™oµ¤¸ )
˜µ¤¦¼žÂÂ¨³‹Îµœªœš¸É´–”·˜ª·š¥µ¨´¥„ε®œ— ¡¦o°¤„´¨Šœµ¤Äœ®œ´Š­º°¥·œ¥°¤
¤°¨·…­·š›·Í¨³š¦´¡¥r­·œšµŠž{µš¸ÉÁ„·—‹µ„„µ¦šÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›rÄ®o„n¤®µª·š¥µ¨´¥
2.2
„¦³ªœ„µ¦šÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›r ×¥š´ÉªÅž Á¦·É¤˜oœ‹µ„„µ¦®µÁ¦ºÉ°Šš¸É˜œ­œÄ‹ ¨³®µ°µ‹µ¦¥rš¸Éž¦¹„¬µ
š¸É¤¸‡ªµ¤¦¼o‡ªµ¤­µ¤µ¦™ÄœÁ¦ºÉ°Šœ´Êœ ®¦º°Á¦ºÉ°Šš¸ÉĄ¨oÁ‡¸¥Š„´œ Ä®oÁž}œ°µ‹µ¦¥rš¸Éž¦¹„¬µ ‹µ„œ´Êœ „È‹³
—εÁœ·œ„µ¦˜µ¤…´Êœ˜°œ˜nµŠÇ —´Š˜n°Åžœ¸Ê
2.2.1 „µ¦­Îµ¦ª‹Â¨³ššªœª¦¦–„¦¦¤ (Literature Survey and Review) š¸ÉÁ‡¥ÁŸ¥Â¡¦nĜ­ºÉ°
š¸ÉÁºÉ°™º°Å—o˜nµŠÇ ×¥°µ‹Á¦·É¤‹µ„„µ¦­º‡oœ‡Îµ­Îµ‡´ (Keyword) š¸Éœnµ­œÄ‹ ¡¦o°¤„´
Á„ȝ¦ª¦ª¤Ÿ¨ŠµœÁ®¨nµœ´Êœ ¨³‹´—šÎµ—´œ¸°oµŠ°·ŠÅªo×¥¨³Á°¸¥— ‹µ„œ´Êœ„È°nµœššªœ
¨³ª·Á‡¦µ³®rªnµ ć¦ šÎµ°³Å¦ š¸ÉÅ®œ °¥nµŠÅ¦ ¨oªœ´„«¹„¬µ¤¸‡ªµ¤Á®Èœ°¥nµŠÅ¦ ®¦º°
o°­´ŠÁ„˜Ä— ˜n°Á¦ºÉ°Š¦µªÁ®¨nµœ´Êœ Á¡ºÉ°Â­—ŠÄ®oÁ®Èœ™¹ŠŸ¨Šµœš¸ÉŸnµœ¤µ‹µ„°—¸˜™¹Š
ž{‹‹»´œ (State of the Art) ªnµ ¤¸„µ¦—εÁœ·œ„µ¦Åž™¹ŠÅ®œÂ¨oª ¨³¥´Š‡Š¤¸ž¦³Á—Èœž{®µ
ė‡oµŠ°¥¼n š¸Éœnµ­œÄ‹Â¨³š´œ­¤´¥ ×¥„µ¦ª·Á‡¦µ³®r®µn°ŠªnµŠ°Š‡r‡ªµ¤¦¼o (Gap of
Knowledge) ¡¦o°¤„´®¥·¥„…¹Êœ¤µÁž}œ®´ª…o°Äœ„µ¦šÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›r
2.2.2 „µ¦„ε®œ—ž¦³Á—Èœž{®µÂ¨³„µ¦˜´ÊŠºÉ°®´ª…o° (Problem Identifying and Titling) ×¥
œÎµ‡ªµ¤Á®ÈœÂ¨³…o°­´ŠÁ„˜š¸Éŗo‹µ„„µ¦­Îµ¦ª‹Â¨³ššªœª¦¦–„¦¦¤ ޞ¦¹„¬µ®µ¦º°
„´°µ‹µ¦¥rš¸Éž¦¹„¬µ Á¡ºÉ°¦nª¤„´œ„ε®œ—ž¦³Á—Èœž{®µ ¨³˜´ÊŠºÉ°®´ª…o°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r
š¸É‡µ—ªnµ‹³—εÁœ·œ„µ¦Äœ¨Îµ—´™´—Åž
2.2.3 „µ¦ªµŠÂŸœ„µ¦—εÁœ·œ„µ¦Â„ož{®µ (Problem Solving Planning) ×¥‡·—®µÂœªšµŠš¸É
‡µ—ªnµ‹³­µ¤µ¦™Â„ož{®µœ´ÊœÄ®o­ÎµÁ¦È‹¨»¨nªŠÅžÅ—o ×¥°µ«´¥š§¬‘¸ ª·›¸„µ¦ ­¤¤»˜·“µœ
®¦º°„¦³ªœ„µ¦˜nµŠÇ ˜µ¤ÂœªšµŠ ®¦º°¦³Á¸¥ª·›¸ (Methodology) š¸Éœ·¥¤Äo„´œÄœ
ªŠ„µ¦ª·µ„µ¦…°Š­µ…µª·µš¸É˜œ«¹„¬µ°¥¼n ®µ„‹ÎµÁž}œ˜o°Š¤¸„µ¦Á„ȝ¦ª¦ª¤…o°¤¼¨ „ȇª¦
„ε®œ—„¨»n¤Ážjµ®¤µ¥ (Target Group) …°Á…˜…°Š„µ¦—εÁœ·œ„µ¦ ¨³š¸É­Îµ‡´š¸É­»— ‡º°
„µ¦„ε®œ—Áª¨µÁ¦·É¤˜oœÂ¨³­·Êœ­»—…°Š„·‹„¦¦¤Á®¨nµœ´Êœ Á¡ºÉ°Ä®o­µ¤µ¦™˜·—˜µ¤„µ¦
—εÁœ·œŠµœÅ—o°¥nµŠ¤¸ž¦³­·š›·£µ¡ ¡¦o°¤„´‹´—šÎµ…o°Á­œ°®´ª…o°Â¨³Ã‡¦Š¦nµŠž¦·µ
œ·¡œ›r (Proposal) Á¡ºÉ°Á­œ°…°°œ»¤´˜·˜n°Åž
2.2.4 „µ¦—εÁœ·œ„µ¦Â„ož{®µ (Problem Solving) ‡º° „µ¦¨Š¤º°—εÁœ·œ„µ¦˜µ¤ÂŸœš¸ÉªµŠÅªo
×¥®¨´Š‹µ„š¸Éŗo¦´°œ»¤´˜·®´ª…o°Â¨³Ã‡¦Š¦nµŠ Á¡ºÉ°šÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›rÁž}œš¸ÉÁ¦¸¥¦o°¥Â¨oª
6
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

œ´„«¹„¬µ„È­µ¤µ¦™¨Šš³Á¸¥œÁ¦¸¥œ„¦³ªœª·µž¦·µœ·¡œ›rŗo £µ¥Äœ 2 £µ‡
„µ¦«¹„¬µž„˜·
2.2.5 „µ¦ª·Á‡¦µ³®r ª·‹µ¦–r ¨³­¦»žŸ¨ (Analysis, Dicussion and Conclusion) ‹µ„…o°¤¼¨
®¦º°Ÿ¨„µ¦š—¨°Šš¸Éŗo¦´ Ä®oœÎµ¤µª·Á‡¦µ³®r ª·‹µ¦–r Á¡ºÉ°®µ…o°­¦»ž ¡¦o°¤„´­¦»žŸ¨
š´ÊŠœ¸Ê œ´„«¹„¬µ‡ª¦Á…¸¥œ®œ´Š­º°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r‡ª‡¼nŞ¡¦o°¤Ç „´„µ¦šÎµª·‹´¥—oª¥ Á¡ºÉ°
šÎµÄ®o®œ´Š­º°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r¤¸‡ªµ¤‡¦™oªœ­¤¼¦–r Á¡¦µ³®µ„Á¦·É¤˜oœ„µ¦Á…¸¥œ
®œ´Š­º°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r ®¨´Š‹µ„Á­¦È‹­·Êœ„µ¦šÎµŠµœª·‹´¥Â¨oª „Ȥ´„‹³˜„®¨nœÄœµŠ
ž¦³Á—Èœš¸É­Îµ‡´ÅžÅ—o ¨³°µ‹­nŠŸ¨Ä®oÁ„·—‡ªµ¤¨nµoµ ÁœºÉ°Š‹µ„˜o°Š®ªœ„¨´¤µÁ„ȝ
ž¦³Á—Èœš¸É˜„®¨nœ®¦º°­¼®µ¥Åžœ´Êœ°¸„‡¦´ÊŠ®œ¹ÉŠ Ž¹ÉŠ„µ¦Á…¸¥œž¦·µœ·¡œ›r‡ª‡¼nŞ
„´„µ¦šÎµª·‹´¥‹³nª¥„¦³´Áª¨µÄœ„µ¦šÎµŠµœÅ—oÁž}œ°¥nµŠ—¸
2.2.6 „µ¦Á…¸¥œÂ¨³¡·¤¡rž¦·µœ·¡œ›r (Report Writing and Printing) ×¥‹´—šÎµ˜µ¤¦¼žÂ
(Format) š¸É„ε®œ—×¥´–”·˜ª·š¥µ¨´¥ Ž¹ÉŠœ´„«¹„¬µ­µ¤µ¦™—µªœr (Download)
‡¼n¤º° ˜´ª°¥nµŠ¦¼žÂ ¡¦o°¤‡Îµ°›·µ¥ ¨³ ŸnœÂ (Template) ®œ´Š­º°ž¦·µ
œ·¡œ›rŗo‹µ„ÁªÈÅŽ˜r (Website) …°Š´–”·˜ª·š¥µ¨´¥
2.3
Ĝ¦³®ªnµŠ„µ¦šÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›r œ´„«¹„¬µ­nªœ®œ¹ÉŠ¤´„ž¦³­„´ž{®µ®¦º°ž¦³Á—Èœ˜nµŠÇ š¸ÉŤnčn
Á·Šª·µ„µ¦ š¸Éœ´„«¹„¬µ¡¹Š¦³¤´—¦³ª´ŠÅªo Ánœ
2.3.1 œ´„«¹„¬µÅ¤n­µ¤µ¦™®µ°µ‹µ¦¥rš¸Éž¦¹„¬µÅ—oĜ¦³¥³Áª¨µ°´œ­¤‡ª¦ š´ÊŠœ¸Ê °µ‹ÁœºÉ°Š¤µ‹µ„
®´ª…o°š¸Éœ´„«¹„¬µ­œÄ‹ Ťn­°—‡¨o°Š„´‡ªµ¤Á¸É¥ªµ…°Š°µ‹µ¦¥rš¸É¤¸°¥¼n ®¦º°Á¦ºÉ°Šš¸É
œ´„«¹„¬µ­œÄ‹‹ÎµÁž}œ˜o°ŠÄoŠž¦³¤µ–­¼Š ®¦º°‹ÎµÁž}œ˜o°Š„µ¦Äo®o°Šš—¨°Šš¸ÉŤn¤¸°¥¼n
Ĝ¤®µª·š¥µ¨´¥ ®¦º°˜o°ŠÅžž’·´˜·Šµœ°¥¼nĜš¸É®nµŠÅ„¨ Áž}œ˜oœ —´Šœ´Êœ „µ¦Á¦¸¥œ¦¼o
Á„¸É¥ª„´­µ…µª·µ ‡–µ‹µ¦¥r °µ‡µ¦­™µœš¸É ¨³­·ÉŠ°Îµœª¥‡ªµ¤­³—ª„˜nµŠÇ š¸É¤¸°¥¼nĜ
¤®µª·š¥µ¨´¥ „ȍnª¥Ä®o„µ¦ª·‹´¥­µ¤µ¦™—εÁœ·œÅžÅ—o—oª¥‡ªµ¤­³—ª„¨³¦ª—Á¦Èª¥·ÉŠ…¹Êœ
2.3.2 …°…nµ¥…°ŠŠµœš¸Éœ´„«¹„¬µ‡µ—ªnµ‹³šÎµª·‹´¥ ŤnÁ®¤µ³­¤®¦º°Á¡¸¥Š¡°„´¦³—´…°Š
„µ¦«¹„¬µš¸É‹³…°¦´ž¦·µ ¨³n°¥‡¦´ÊŠ š¸Éœ´„«¹„¬µÁ®Èœªnµ…°…nµ¥…°ŠŠµœš¸É˜œÁ­œ°
œnµ‹³Á¡¸¥Š¡°„´¦³—´…°Š„µ¦«¹„¬µÂ¨oª ˜n°µ‹µ¦¥rš¸Éž¦¹„¬µÅ¤nÁ®Èœ—oª¥ š´ÊŠœ¸Ê œ´„«¹„¬µ
¨³°µ‹µ¦¥rš¸Éž¦¹„¬µ‹³˜o°Š®µ¦º°Â¨³˜„¨Š¦nª¤„´œ‹œÅ—o…o°­¦»ž ¨oª‹¹Š‹´—šÎµ…o°Á­œ°
®´ª…o°Â¨³Ã‡¦Š¦nµŠÁ¡ºÉ°šÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›r Á¡ºÉ°Á­œ°…°°œ»¤´˜·„n°œš¸É‹³¨Š¤º°šÎµ
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
7

2.3.3 °µ‹µ¦¥rš¸Éž¦¹„¬µž¦·µœ·¡œ›r¨µ°°„ „n°œš¸Éœ´„«¹„¬µ‹³­ÎµÁ¦È‹„µ¦«¹„¬µ ®¦º°¤¸Á®˜»š¸É
šÎµÄ®oŤn­µ¤µ¦™Ä®o‡Îµž¦¹„¬µÅ—o Ánœ Á—·œšµŠÅž˜nµŠž¦³Áš«Áž}œÁª¨µœµœ ‹¹ŠšÎµÄ®o
œ´„«¹„¬µ…µ—‡ªµ¤˜n°ÁœºÉ°ŠÂ¨³‡ªµ¤‡¨n°Š˜´ªÄœ„µ¦—εÁœ·œŠµœª·‹´¥ ¨³µŠ‡¦´ÊŠ
œ´„«¹„¬µ°µ‹‹ÎµÁž}œ˜o°ŠÁž¨¸É¥œ°µ‹µ¦¥rš¸Éž¦¹„¬µÄ®¤n š´ÊŠœ¸Ê œ´„«¹„¬µ­µ¤µ¦™®µ¦º°„´
ž¦³›µœ­µ…µª·µ ®´ª®œoµ£µ‡ª·µ ®¦º°‡–—¸ š¸ÉÁ„¸É¥ª…o°ŠÅ—o Á¡ºÉ°‹´—®µ°µ‹µ¦¥rš¸Éž¦¹„¬µ
¦nª¤Á¡·É¤Á˜·¤ ®¦º°Â˜nŠ˜´ÊŠ°µ‹µ¦¥rš¸Éž¦¹„¬µÄ®¤n ŗo˜µ¤‡ªµ¤Á®¤µ³­¤
2.3.4 „µ¦Áž¨¸É¥œ®´ª…o°Á¦ºÉ°Šž¦·µœ·¡œ›r ®¨´Š‹µ„š¸É—εÁœ·œŠµœª·‹´¥ÅžÅ—o¦³¥³®œ¹ÉŠÂ¨oª „È
Áž}œÁ¦ºÉ°Š®œ¹ÉŠš¸É­µ¤µ¦™Á„·—…¹ÊœÅ—o ×¥°µ‹¤¸­µÁ®˜»¤µ‹µ„®´ª…o°Á—·¤¤¸‡ªµ¤„oµª®œoµ˜Éε
®µ„—εÁœ·œŠµœ˜n°Åž°µ‹Å¤n­ÎµÁ¦È‹„µ¦«¹„¬µ ®¦º°®´ª…o°Á¦ºÉ°ŠÁ—·¤ŽÊε„´…°ŠŸ¼o°ºÉœš¸ÉŗošÎµ
¤µ„n°œ¨nªŠ®œoµÂ¨oª ®¦º°Å¤nÁ®¤µ³­¤„´­™µœ„µ¦–rš¸ÉÁž¨¸É¥œÂž¨ŠÅž Áž}œ˜oœ š´ÊŠœ¸Ê
œ´„«¹„¬µ‹³˜o°Š®µ¦º°„´°µ‹µ¦¥rš¸Éž¦¹„¬µ°¥¼nÁž}œž¦³‹ÎµÂ¨³˜n°ÁœºÉ°Š Á¡ºÉ°ž¦³Á¤·œŸ¨„µ¦
—εÁœ·œŠµœÁž}œ¦³¥³ ¨³®µ„‹ÎµÁž}œ˜o°ŠÁž¨¸É¥œ®´ª…o°Á¦ºÉ°Š „ȇª¦…°°œ»¤´˜·Áž¨¸É¥œÂž¨Š
®´ª…o°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r „n°œš¸É‹³¨Š¤º°šÎµª·‹´¥
2.3.5 ºÉ°®´ª…o°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›rŤn˜¦Š„´œ ¦³®ªnµŠºÉ°š¸Éŗo¦´°œ»¤´˜·Åž„n°œ®œoµ „´ ºÉ°š¸É¦³»
ŪoĜÁ­œ°…°­° „´ ĜÁ¨n¤ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r ×¥°µ‹ÁœºÉ°Š¤µ‹µ„œ´„«¹„¬µÁž¨¸É¥œ
®´ª…o°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›rץŤnŗo…°°œ»¤´˜·Åªo„n°œ ®¦º°ž¦´ž¦»ŠºÉ°®´ª…o°Ä®o­°—‡¨o°Š„´
ÁœºÊ°®µš¸ÉšÎµ¤µ„…¹Êœ Ž¹ÉŠž¦³Á—Èœ—´Š„¨nµª ­nŠŸ¨Ä®oÁ„·—‡ªµ¤¨nµoµÄœ„µ¦˜´ÊŠ„¦¦¤„µ¦­°
Á¡¦µ³‹³˜o°Šž¦´Â„oÁ°„­µ¦˜nµŠÇ Ä®o™¼„˜o°Š˜¦Š„´œÁ­¸¥„n°œ‹¹Š‹³—εÁœ·œ„µ¦­°Å—o
2.3.6 œ´„«¹„¬µ˜o°Š„µ¦Áž¨¸É¥œ®¨´„­¼˜¦®¦º°ÂŸœ„µ¦«¹„¬µ Ánœ ¥oµ¥®¨´„­¼˜¦‹µ„­µ…µª·µ
®œ¹ÉŠÅžÁž}œ°¸„­µ…µª·µ®œ¹ÉŠ ®¦º°¥oµ¥ÂŸœ„µ¦«¹„¬µ‹µ„„µ¦šÎµ„µ¦‡oœ‡ªoµÂ°·­¦³Åž
Áž}œÂšÎµª·š¥µœ·¡œ›r ®¦º°¥oµ¥Ã°œ¦³—´„µ¦«¹„¬µ‹µ„ž¦·µÃšÅžÁž}œž¦·µÁ°„
Áž}œ˜oœ š´ÊŠœ¸Ê œ´„«¹„¬µ­µ¤µ¦™¥ºÉœ‡Îµ¦o°Š˜n°´–”·˜ª·š¥µ¨´¥ Ÿnµœ°µ‹µ¦¥rš¸Éž¦¹„¬µ
ž¦³›µœ² ®¨´„­¼˜¦ / ­µ…µ ¡¦o°¤„´…°Áš¸¥Ã°œ„¦³ªœª·µ˜nµŠÇ ¡¦o°¤„´œÅž
2.3.7 œ´„«¹„¬µ¥´ŠÅ¤nŸnµœÁ„–”r£µ¬µ˜nµŠž¦³Áš« ®¦º°¥´ŠÅ¤nŗo˜¸¡·¤¡rÁŸ¥Â¡¦nŸ¨Šµœ ˜µ¤
ÁŠºÉ°œÅ……°Š®¨´„­¼˜¦£µ¥ÄœÁª¨µš¸É„ε®œ— „È‹³Á„·—‡ªµ¤¨nµoµÄœ„µ¦°œ»¤´˜·ž¦·µ
œ°„‹µ„ž¦³Á—Èœ˜nµŠÇ —´Š„¨nµªÂ¨oª œ´„«¹„¬µ°¸„‹Îµœªœ®œ¹ÉŠ°µ‹ž¦³­„´ž{®µ˜nµŠÇ Ánœ „µ¦…µ—
„µ¦˜·—˜n° „µ¦Å¤n­µ¤µ¦™œ´—°µ‹µ¦¥rš¸Éž¦¹„¬µÅ—o „µ¦Å¤nÎµ¦³‡nµ›¦¦¤Áœ¸¥¤„µ¦«¹„¬µ£µ¥Äœ„ε®œ—
„µ¦Á‹Èžiª¥ …o°¤¼¨Äœ‡°¤¡·ªÁ˜°¦r­¼®µ¥ ²¨² Ž¹ÉŠ­nŠŸ¨Ä®oœ´„«¹„¬µÅ¤n­µ¤µ¦™­ÎµÁ¦È‹„µ¦«¹„¬µ˜µ¤
¦³¥³Áª¨µ…°Š®¨´„­¼˜¦Å—o —´Šœ´Êœ œ´„«¹„¬µ‹³˜o°Š¦³¨¹„ŪoÁ­¤°ªnµ „µ¦«¹„¬µÄœ¦³—´´–”·˜«¹„¬µ
œ´Êœ Á„¸É¥ª…o°ŠÃ—¥˜¦Š„´ „µ¦ªµŠÂŸœš¸É—¸ (Good Planning) ¨³ „µ¦¤¸ª·œ´¥Äœ˜œÁ°Š (Self Discipline)
8
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

3
ºÉ°®´ª…o°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›rÁž}œÁ¦ºÉ°Šš¸É­Îµ‡´¤µ„ ÁœºÉ°Š‹µ„Áž}œ­nªœÂ¦„š¸ÉŸ¼o°nµœÅ—o°nµœÂ¨oª ‹³Ä®o‡ªµ¤
­œÄ‹ÄœÁœºÊ°®µ­µ¦³…°Šž¦·µœ·¡œ›rœ´Êœ˜n°Åž®¦º°Å¤n ¨³Äœ„µ¦­º‡oœ…o°¤¼¨‹µ„—´œ¸nª¥‡oœ
(Search Index) …°Š“µœ…o°¤¼¨Šµœª·‹´¥˜nµŠÇ ‹³ž¦µ„’ÁŒ¡µ³ºÉ°®´ª…o°Šµœª·‹´¥Ášnµœ´Êœ —´Šœ´Êœ „µ¦˜´ÊŠ
ºÉ°®´ª…o°‹¹Š‡ª¦Á¨º°„‡Îµ«´¡šrš¸ÉÁ®¤µ³­¤ ¨³‹´—Á¦¸¥Š¨Îµ—´‡ÎµÁ®¨nµœ´Êœ—oª¥‡ªµ¤¦³¤´—¦³ª´Š Ž¹ÉŠ
×¥š´ÉªÅž ºÉ°®´ª…o°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›rŤnŗoÁž}œž¦³Ã¥‡š¸É­¤¼¦–r ¤´„Áž}œ„µ¦‹´—Á¦¸¥Š‡Îµ˜nµŠÇ Á…oµ
—oª¥„´œÄ®oÁž}œ “ ª¨¸ ” š¸É„¦³´ ¨³­ºÉ°‡ªµ¤™¹ŠÁœºÊ°®µ­µ¦³š¸ÉšÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›rœ´Êœ°¥nµŠ‡¦™oªœ
3.1
×¥š´ÉªÅž „µ¦˜´ÊŠºÉ°®´ª…o°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r‡ª¦‡Îµœ¹Š™¹Šž¦³Á—Èœ˜nµŠÇ —´Š˜n°Åžœ¸Ê
3.1.1 „¦´³ (Compact) Ťn­´Êœ®¦º°¥µªÁ„·œÅž ×¥°µ‹Â­—Š™¹ŠÂœªšµŠ®¦º°ª·›¸„µ¦š¸ÉčoĜ
„µ¦«¹„¬µÅªo—oª¥ ץŤnčo ‡Îµ¢»i¤Á¢g°¥ (Redundant) ®¦º° ‡Îµš¸ÉŤn‹ÎµÁž}œ (Unnecessary)
3.1.2 ˜¦Šž¦´Á—Èœ (Cogent) ¤¸‡ªµ¤Á®¤µ³­¤Â¨³­°—‡¨o°Š„´­µ¦³®¨´„ ®¦º°ª´˜™»ž¦³­Š‡r
°ŠŠµœª·‹´¥ ­ºÉ°‡ªµ¤®¤µ¥Á‹µ³‹Š¨ŠÅžÄœÁ¦ºÉ°Šš¸ÉšÎµ Ťn‡ª¦­ºÉ°‡ªµ¤š¸É„ªoµŠÁ„·œÅž
—´ŠÁnœ ºÉ°„¦³ªœª·µ ®¦º°ºÉ°˜Îµ¦µ š¸ÉčoĜ„µ¦Á¦¸¥œ„µ¦­°œš´ÉªÅž
3.1.3 ­°—‡¨o°Š„³œ (Conform) ¦³®ªnµŠ£µ¬µÅš¥„´£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬ ×¥°·Š «³¡šr³³˜·
(Terminology) ¨³ ®¨´„„µ¦Á…¸¥œ ‡Îµš³«³¡šr (Transliteration) …°Š¦µ´–”·˜¥­™µœ
Áž}œ®¨´„ ®µ„Ťnŗo„ε®œ—Ūo „ÈÄ®očo˜µ¤š¸É ­nªœ¦µ„µ¦ ­¤µ‡¤ª·µ„µ¦ ®¦º° ­¤µ‡¤
ª·µ¸¡´´˜·Åªo ®¦º° čo˜µ¤‡ªµ¤œ·¥¤Áž}œ¨Îµ—´­»—šoµ¥
3.1.4 ³—Á‹œ (Clear) ץŤn˜o°Š˜¸‡ªµ¤ Á¤ºÉ°°nµœºÉ°®´ª…o°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r¨oª ­µ¤µ¦™š¦µ
ŗoš´œš¸ªnµšÎµ°³Å¦ °¥nµŠÅ¦ š¸ÉÅ®œ ®¦º°„¨»n¤˜´ª°¥nµŠÄ—
3.1.5 ¨Îµ—³‡Îµ™¼„˜o°Š (Correct Word Order) ×¥„µ¦‹´—Á¦¸¥Š‡Îµ˜nµŠÇ —oª¥‡ªµ¤ž¦³–¸˜
¦°‡° ™¼„®¨´„Ū¥„¦–r ×¥ÁŒ¡µ³°¥nµŠ¥·ÉŠ „µ¦ªµŠ ‡Îµ‡»–«³¡šr ®¦º° ‡Îµª·Á«¬–r Ūo –
˜ÎµÂ®œnŠš¸ÉÁ®¤µ³­¤„´„µ¦…¥µ¥‡ªµ¤ š´ÊŠœ¸Ê ‡Îµ‡»–«´¡šr ‡º° ‡Îµ…¥µ¥‡Îµœµ¤®¦º°‡Îµ­¦¦¡
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
9

œµ¤ ­nªœ ‡Îµª·Á«¬–r ‡º° ‡Îµš¸Éčož¦³„°‡Îµœµ¤ ‡Îµ­¦¦¡œµ¤ ‡Îµ„·¦·¥µ ®¦º°‡Îµª·Á«¬–r
—oª¥„´œ Á¡ºÉ°Ä®oŗo‡ªµ¤´—Á‹œ¥·ÉŠ…¹Êœ
3.2
×¥š´ÉªÅž ºÉ°®´ª…o°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›rŤn‡ª¦¤¸ °³„¬¦¥n° (Abbreviations) ­¼˜¦Á‡¤¸ (Chemical Fomula)
‡ÎµÁŒ¡µ³ ®¦º° ‡Îµ«³¡šrÁŒ¡µ´ªŠ„µ¦ (Jargon) ‡ª¦ÄoºÉ°­µ¤´ (Common Names) ץŤn˜o°Š¤¸°´„¬¦
¥n°ÄœªŠÁ¨È˜n°šoµ¥ºÉ° ¥„Áªoœ ºÉ°šµŠª·š¥µ«µ­˜¦r…°Š­·ÉŠ¤¸¸ª·˜ (Scientific Names of Organisms)
¦®´­ž¦³Á£š (Species) šµŠ‹»¨¸ªª·š¥µ °´„¬¦¥n°š¸É…¥µ¥‡ªµ¤…°Š ž¦´Á£š (Species) ­„»¨ (Genus)
®¦º° ¡³œ›»r (Variety) …°Š¡º®¦º°­´˜ªrš¸É‹ÎµÁž}œ˜o°ŠÄo°´„¬¦¥n° „ÈÄ®očo˜µ¤‡ªµ¤œ·¥¤š¸É¡¦n®¨µ¥Äœ
ªŠ„µ¦ª·µ„µ¦œ´Êœ
3.3
„µ¦Á…¸¥œºÉ°šµŠª·š¥µ«µ­˜¦r…°Š­·ÉŠ¤¸¸ª·˜ Ä®oÁ…¸¥œ˜µ¤®¨´„­µ„¨œ·¥¤ ‡º° Ä®o…¹Êœ˜oœ—oª¥°´„¬¦
˜´ª¡·¤¡rÄ®n °´„¬¦™´—ŞĮočo˜´ª¡·¤¡rÁ¨È„š´ÊŠ®¤— ¡¦o°¤„´…¸—Á­oœÄ˜o‡Îµœ´Êœ ®¦º°Äo °³„¬¦Á°¸¥Š „Èŗo
š´ÊŠœ¸Ê Ĝ°—¸˜œ·¥¤Äo …¸—Á­oœÄ˜o ÁœºÉ°Š‹µ„…o°‹Îµ„´—…°ŠÁ‡¦ºÉ°Š¡·¤¡r—¸— ˜nĜž{‹‹»´œ œ·¥¤Äo 
°³„¬¦Á°¸¥Š Á¡¦µ³­µ¤µ¦™„ε®œ—Å—o—oª¥Ãž¦Â„¦¤‡°¤¡·ªÁ˜°¦r ‹µ„œ´Êœ „ÈÁ…¸¥œ˜µ¤—oª¥ºÉ°Ÿ¼o‡oœ¡
Áž}œ°´„¬¦Â˜´ÊŠ˜¦Š ×¥°µ‹Á…¸¥œÁž}œºÉ°Á˜È¤®¦º°°´„¬¦¥n°„Èŗo ×¥„¦–¸š¸ÉčoºÉ°Ÿ¼o‡oœ¡Áž}œ°´„¬¦
¥n° „ÈÄ®oÄ­n‹»— “.” ˜n°šoµ¥˜´ª°´„¬¦¥n°œ´Êœ—oª¥ —´Š˜´ª°¥nµŠÁnœ Elephas maximus Linnaeus ®¦º°
Elephas maximus Linnaeus ®¦º° Elephas maximus L. Áž}œ˜oœ
3.4
„µ¦˜´ÊŠºÉ°®´ª…o°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r Ťn‡ª¦˜´ÊŠÁž}œÂ¤¸ ®³ª…o°®¨³„¨´®³ª…o°¦°Š (Main Title and
Subtitle) ®¦º° „µ¦˜´ÊŠºÉ°®´ª…o°Äœ¨´„¬–³Áž}œ »— ®¦º° °œ»„¦¤ (Series) ¦ª¤š´ÊŠ „µ¦˜´ÊŠºÉ°Äœ¨´„¬–³
š¸ÉÁž}œ„¦–¸«¹„¬µ (A Case Study of …) ¥„Áªoœ ¤¸Á®˜»Ÿ¨®¦º°‡ªµ¤œnµÁºÉ°™º° (Strong Reasons) ªnµ „¨»n¤
˜´ª°¥nµŠš¸É˜„˜nµŠ„´œœ´Êœ Ánœ ‡ªµ¤Â˜„˜nµŠÄœÁ¦ºÉ°Š…°Š ­™µœš¸É ÁºÊ°µ˜· ­´µ˜· ‡ªµ¤ÁºÉ° (Belief)
®¦º°­£µª„µ¦–r˜nµŠÇ š¸É‹³šÎµÄ®oŸ¨…°Š„µ¦«¹„¬µ¤¸‡ªµ¤Â˜„˜nµŠ„´œ°¥nµŠ¤¸œ´¥­Îµ‡´
3.5
„µ¦Á…¸¥œºÉ°®´ª…o°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬ ‹³˜o°Š¤¸‡ªµ¤®¤µ¥š¸É´—Á‹œÂ¨³­°—‡¨o°Š„´
‡ªµ¤®¤µ¥Äœ£µ¬µÅš¥ ¨³Ä®oÁ…¸¥œ˜µ¤®¨´„Á„–”r —´Š˜n°Åžœ¸Ê
10
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

3.5.1 °´„¬¦˜oœ (First Letter) …°Š‡ÎµÂ¦„ÄœºÉ°®´ª…o° Áž}œ °´„¬¦˜´ª¡·¤¡rÄ®n (Capital Letter or Uppercase Letter) Á­¤°
3.5.2 ‡Îµ°ºÉœÇ ĜºÉ°®´ª…o° Ä®očo°´„¬¦˜oœ…°Š‡ÎµÁž}œ°´„¬¦˜´ª¡·¤¡rÄ®n Ánœ„´œ ¥„ÁªoœµŠ
„¦–¸ —´Š®¨´„Á„–”rĜ…o°˜n°Ç Ş
3.5.3 ‡ÎµœÎµ®œoµœµ¤ (Articles) »¡š (Prepositions) ¨³ ­´œ›µœ (Conjunctions) š¸É¤¸°´„¬¦
˜É優nµ 5 ˜´ª ¨³Å¤nčn‡ÎµÂ¦„…°ŠºÉ°®´ª…o° Ä®očo˜´ª¡·¤¡rÁ¨È„ (Lowercase Letter) š´ÊŠ‡Îµ
Ánœ “and” “by” “for” “nor” “or” “to” “upon” ®¦º° “with” Áž}œ˜oœ ®µ„‡ÎµÄ—
ž¦³„°—oª¥ 5 ˜´ª°´„¬¦…¹ÊœÅž „ÈÄ®očo°´„¬¦˜oœÁž}œ˜´ª¡·¤¡rÄ®n Ánœ “Between” ®¦º°
“Within” Áž}œ˜oœ
3.5.4 ‡Îµ„¦·¥µš¸É¤¸ “to” œÎµ®œoµ (Infinitives) Ä®očo°´„¬¦˜oœ…°Š‡Îµ„¦·¥µÁž}œ˜´ª¡·¤¡rÄ®n ×¥
¥´Š‡Š‡Îµªnµ “to” œ´Êœ Áž}œ˜´ª¡·¤¡rÁ¨È„š´ÊŠ‡Îµ Ánœ ‡Îµªnµ “to be” Ä®oÁ…¸¥œÁž}œ “to Be” ®¦º°
“to tell” Ä®oÁ…¸¥œÁž}œ “to Tell” Áž}œ˜oœ
3.5.5 ‡ÎµŸ­¤š¸ÉÁºÉ°¤—oª¥Á‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥ ¥˜·£³Š‡r ®¦º° ¥³˜·£³Š‡r (Hyphen) ®¦º° “-” ®µ„Áž}œ
‡Îµ„¦·¥µ (Verb) š¸ÉÁ„·—‹µ„„µ¦œÎµ‡Îµ­°Š‡Îµ¤µŸ­¤„´œ Ä®očo°´„¬¦˜oœ…°Š‡ÎµÂ¦„Áž}œ
˜´ª¡·¤¡rÄ®n °´„¬¦˜´ª°ºÉœÇ š¸ÉÁ®¨º° Áž}œ˜´ª¡·¤¡rÁ¨È„š´ÊŠ®¤— Ánœ ‡Îµªnµ “take-off” Ä®o
Á…¸¥œÁž}œ “Take-off” ­nªœ‡ÎµŸ­¤°ºÉœÇ š¸ÉÁºÉ°¤—oª¥¥´˜·£´Š‡r ˜nŤnŗočoÁž}œ‡Îµ„¦·¥µ Ä®o
čo°´„¬¦˜oœ…°Šš´ÊŠ­°Š‡ÎµÁž}œ˜´ª¡·¤¡rÄ®n Ánœ Diffusion-Based, Short-Wave, Child-
Centered Áž}œ˜oœ
š´ÊŠœ¸Ê ºÉ°­™µœš¸É ®¦º°ºÉ°„µ¦ÂnŠÁ…˜„µ¦ž„‡¦°Š Ánœ ‹´Š®ª´— °ÎµÁ£° ˜Îµ¨ ²¨² ­µ¤µ¦™Á¨º°„čoŗo
­°ŠÂ ‡º° Äo‡ÎµÂž¨ ®¦º° Äo‡Îµš³«³¡šr š¸É„ε®œ—×¥­Îµœ´„œµ¥„¦´“¤œ˜¦¸ Ánœ ‡Îµªnµ
“ ‹´Š®ª´— ” ­µ¤µ¦™Á¨º°„čo£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬Áž}œ “Province” ®¦º° “Changwat” „Èŗo ˜n®µ„Á¨º°„čo
ė¨oª„ÈÄ®očoœ´Êœ˜¨°—š´ÊŠÁ¨n¤ Ánœ  Tambon Suthep, Amphoe Mueang, Changwat Chiang
Mai ®¦º°Â Suthep Sub-District, Mueang District, Chiang Mai Province Áž}œ˜oœ [http://www. royin.go.th/upload/246/FileUpload/1723_5812.pdf]
œ°„‹µ„œ¸Ê „µ¦Á…¸¥œºÉ°ÁŒ¡µ³ ®¦º°‡ÎµµŠ‡ÎµÄœ£µ¬µÅš¥ Ä®oÁž}œ‡ÎµÄœ£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬ Ä®oÁ…¸¥œ˜µ¤
®¨´„Á„–”r„µ¦™°—°´„¬¦Åš¥Áž}œ°´„¬¦Ã¦¤´œÂ™nµ¥Á­¸¥Š (Transcription) š¸É„ε®œ—×¥
¦µ´–”·˜¥­™µœ [http://www.royin.go.th/upload/246/FileUpload/416_2157.pdf] ץŤn‡Îµœ¹Š™¹Š
„µ¦­³„—„µ¦´œ˜r®¦º°ª¦¦–¥»„˜r Ánœ ‡Îµªnµ “ ‹´œš¦r ” Á…¸¥œÁž}œ “chan” “ ¡¦³ ” Á…¸¥œÁž}œ “phra” ®¦º°
“ „oª ” Á…¸¥œÁž}œ “kaeo” Áž}œ˜oœ
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
11

3.6
×¥ž„˜·„µ¦˜´ÊŠºÉ°®´ª…o°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r ™oµÁž}œ£µ¬µÅš¥„È‹³Á…¸¥œ˜·—„´œÁž}œª¨¸ š¸ÉŤn¤¸„µ¦Áªoœª¦¦‡
®¦º°Á‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥ª¦¦‡˜°œÄ—Ç ™oµÁž}œ£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬ „È‹³Áž}œ„µ¦œÎµ‡Îµ˜nµŠÇ ¤µž¦³„°„´œ ×¥¤¸
n°ŠÅ¢ (Gap) ¦³®ªnµŠ‡Îµ˜nµŠÇ ˜µ¤ž„˜·Ášnµœ´Êœ š´ÊŠœ¸Ê Ťnœ·¥¤ÄoÁ‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥ª¦¦‡˜°œ Ánœ
Á‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥‹»— (Dot) “.” Á‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥‹»¨£µ‡ (Comma) “,” ®¦º° Á‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥°´•£µ‡ (Semicolon) “;”
ž³žœ°¥¼nĜºÉ°®´ª…o°—oª¥ Á¡ºÉ°‡ªµ¤Á®¤µ³­¤Â¨³­ª¥Šµ¤ ˜nĜµŠ„¦–¸ ×¥ÁŒ¡µ³°¥nµŠ¥·ÉŠ Ĝ„µ¦
Á…¸¥œž¦·µœ·¡œ›rÁž}œ£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬ ®µ„‹ÎµÁž}œ˜o°ŠÄoÁ‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥ª¦¦‡˜°œ „È­µ¤µ¦™Äo
Á‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥ª¦¦‡˜°œž¦³„°°¥¼nĜºÉ°®´ª…o°Å—o š´ÊŠœ¸Ê Á¡ºÉ°„µ¦­ºÉ°‡ªµ¤®¤µ¥Å—o™¼„˜o°Š„ªnµ„µ¦Å¤n¤¸
Á‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥ª¦¦‡˜°œ
12
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

4
Ĝ„µ¦Á…¸¥œ®œ´Š­º°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r Ÿ¼oÁ…¸¥œ‹³˜o°Š°oµŠ°·Š™¹Š ®¨´„“µœ (Evidence) ®¦º° ®¨nŠš¸É¤µ…°Š
­µ¦­œÁš« (Source of Information) ˜nµŠÇ š¸Éŗo®¥·¥„¤µÂ­—ŠÅªoĜ®œ´Š­º° Ánœ …o°¤¼¨ (Data)
o°‡ªµ¤ (Statement) ¦¼ž£µ¡ (Figure) ®¦º°‡ªµ¤¦¼o (Knowledge) Ĝ¦¼žÂ˜nµŠÇ š¸ÉÁ‡¥¤¸Ÿ¼oÁ­œ°ÅªoĜ
°—¸˜ Ž¹ÉŠ°µ‹Áž}œŸ¨Šµœš¸ÉŗoŸ¨·˜…¹ÊœÃ—¥Ÿ¼o°ºÉœ®¦º°˜œÁ°Š„Èŗo Á¡ºÉ°Áž}œ®¨´„ž¦³„´œ‡ªµ¤œnµÁºÉ°™º° š¸ÉšÎµ
Ä®oŸ¼o°nµœ­µ¤µ¦™¡·‹µ¦–µÅ—o™¹Š‡ªµ¤™¼„˜o°Š ‡ªµ¤­¤Á®˜»­¤Ÿ¨ š´ÊŠÄœÁ·ŠÁž¦¸¥Áš¸¥Â¨³
ª·ª´•œµ„µ¦…°Š‡ªµ¤¦¼oĜ­µ…µª·µš¸É„ε¨´ŠšÎµ„µ¦«¹„¬µ ‡oœ‡ªoµ ®¦º°ª·‹´¥°¥¼nœ´Êœ ¨³Á¡ºÉ°„µ¦«¹„¬µ
‡oœ‡ªoµÁ¡·É¤Á˜·¤˜n°ÅžÄœ£µ¥®¨´Š œ°„‹µ„œ¸Ê ¥´ŠÁž}œ„µ¦Ä®oÁ„¸¥¦˜·Â„nÁ‹oµ…°ŠŸ¨Šµœš¸Éŗo¦´„µ¦°oµŠ°·Š
œ´Êœ Ž¹ÉŠÁž}œ‹¦¦¥µ¦¦– (Codes of Ethics) °´œ¡¹Š„¦³šÎµ…°Šœ´„Á…¸¥œ ­—Š°°„™¹Š‡ªµ¤ŽºÉ°­´˜¥r
­»‹¦·˜…°ŠŸ¼oÁ…¸¥œ ¨³Áž}œ„µ¦žj°Š„´œ„µ¦¨³Á¤·— (Violate) ¨·…­·š›·Í®¦º°š¦´¡¥r­·œšµŠž{µ
4.1
„µ¦°oµŠ°·Šš¸Éčo„´œš´ÉªÅž¤¸®¨µ¥¦¼žÂ ˜nµŠ„Ȥ¸ª´˜™»ž¦³­Š‡rÁ¡ºÉ°¦³»™¹ŠÂ®¨nŠš¸É¤µ…°Š­·ÉŠš¸É°oµŠ™¹Š Ž¹ÉŠ
­µ¤µ¦™Â¥„°°„Å—oÁž}œ 3 ¦³®¨´„ ŗo„n
4.1.1 ¦´Á·Š°¦¦™ ¦¦–µœ»„¦¤ (Footnote-Bibliography System) Áž}œ¦³š¸Éœ·¥¤Äo„´œ
Ĝ­µ…µª·µ¤œ»¬¥«µ­˜¦r¨³­´Š‡¤«µ­˜¦r ×¥„µ¦Á…¸¥œ®¤µ¥Á¨…„ε„´Åªošoµ¥…o°‡ªµ¤
®¦º°­nªœš¸É°oµŠ™¹Š ®¦º°­nªœš¸É˜o°Š„µ¦…¥µ¥‡ªµ¤Á¡·É¤Á˜·¤ ¡¦o°¤„´Á…¸¥œÁ·Š°¦¦™Åªoš¸É
­nªœ¨nµŠ…°Š®œoµ„¦³—µ¬š¸É¤¸„µ¦°oµŠ°·Šœ´Êœ ‡ª‡¼nŞ„´„µ¦šÎµ¦¦–µœ»„¦¤ Ūoš¸É
­nªœšoµ¥Á¨n¤
4.1.2 ¦´œµ¤ že (Name-Year System) Áž}œ¦³š¸Éœ·¥¤Äo„´œÄœ­µ…µª·µª·š¥µ«µ­˜¦r¨³
Áš‡ÃœÃ¨¥¸ ×¥„µ¦¦³» ºÉ°Â¨³œµ¤­„»¨…°ŠÁ‹oµ…°ŠŸ¨Šµœ ¨³žeš¸ÉÁŸ¥Â¡¦nŸ¨Šµœ Ūo
– ˜ÎµÂ®œnŠš¸ÉÁ®¤µ³­¤ Ą¨o„´­nªœš¸É°oµŠ™¹Š°¥¼nœ´Êœ Ĝ„¦–¸š¸ÉÁž}œ£µ¬µÅš¥Ä®očo ºÉ°
œµ¤­„»¨ ¨³že ¡ .
« . ­nªœ£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬Ä®očoÁŒ¡µ³ œµ¤­„»¨ ¨³ že ‡ .
« . ‡ª‡¼nŞ„´
„µ¦šÎµ¦µ¥„µ¦Á°„­µ¦°oµŠ°·ŠÅªoš¸É­nªœšoµ¥Á¨n¤ ®¦º°šoµ¥šÂ˜n¨³š „¦–¸…°Š£µ¬µÅš¥
Ä®oÁ¦¸¥Š¨Îµ—´˜µ¤°´„¬¦ºÉ°Á‹oµ…°ŠŸ¨Šµœ ­nªœ£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬Ä®oÁ¦¸¥Š¨Îµ—´˜µ¤œµ¤­„»¨
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
13

4.1.3 ¦´®¤µ¥Á¨… (Number System) Áž}œ¦³š¸Éœ·¥¤Äo„´œÄœ­µ…µª·µª·š¥µ«µ­˜¦r
­»…£µ¡ ×¥„µ¦¦³» ®¤µ¥Á¨… ˜n°šoµ¥­·ÉŠš¸É°oµŠ™¹Š°¥¼nœ´Êœ ‡ª‡¼nŞ„´„µ¦šÎµ¦µ¥„µ¦
Á°„­µ¦°oµŠ°·ŠÅªoš¸É­nªœšoµ¥Á¨n¤ ®¦º°šoµ¥šÂ˜n¨³š ×¥„µ¦Á¦¸¥Š®¤µ¥Á¨…˜µ¤¨Îµ—´
„µ¦°oµŠ™¹Š„n°œ®¨´Š ץŤnŗoÁ¦¸¥Š˜µ¤¨Îµ—´°´„¬¦…°ŠºÉ°®¦º°œµ¤­„»¨Á‹oµ…°ŠŸ¨Šµœ
×¥š´ÉªÅž “ ¦¦–µœ»„¦¤ ” ®¤µ¥™¹Š Á°„­µ¦˜nµŠÇ ¦ª¤š´ÊŠš¸Éŗo¦´„µ¦°oµŠ°·Š ¨³Å¤nŗo¦´„µ¦
°oµŠ°·Š£µ¥ÄœÁ¨n¤ ˜n˜o°Š„µ¦Ä®oŸ¼o°nµœš¦µ™¹Š¦µ¥„µ¦Á°„­µ¦š¸ÉÁ„¸É¥ª…o°Šš´ÊŠ®¤— Ánœ ®œ´Š­º°
°nµœž¦³„° Áž}œ˜oœ ­nªœ “ Á°„­µ¦°oµŠ°·Š ” ®¤µ¥™¹Š Á°„­µ¦š¸Éŗo¦´„µ¦°oµŠ°·ŠÄœÁ¨n¤ Ášnµœ´Êœ
4.2
Á·Š°¦¦™ (Footnote) ®¤µ¥™¹Š …o°‡ªµ¤š¸É°¥¼n­nªœ¨nµŠ…°Š®œoµ„¦³—µ¬ š¸É¤¸‡ªµ¤­´¤¡´œ›r„´…o°‡ªµ¤
µŠ˜°œš¸Éž¦µ„’°¥¼n…oµŠœÄœ®œoµ„¦³—µ¬Á—¸¥ª„´œ Ĝ˜n¨³šš¸É¤¸Á·Š°¦¦™ ‹³Äo®¤µ¥Á¨
Á¦¸¥Š¨Îµ—´˜n°ÁœºÉ°Š„´œÅž ×¥Á¦·É¤˜´ÊŠÂ˜n®¤µ¥Á¨… 1, 2 ¨³ 3 … ¨³Á¤ºÉ°…¹ÊœšÄ®¤n „È‹³Á¦·É¤˜oœš¸É
®¤µ¥Á¨… 1, 2 ¨³ 3 … °¸„
°¥nµŠÅ¦„È—¸ „µ¦°oµŠ°·Š ¦³Á·Š°¦¦™ ¦¦–µœ»„¦¤ œ¸Ê Ťn‡n°¥Áž}œš¸Éœ·¥¤Äœž{‹‹»´œœ¸Ê ÁœºÉ°Š‹µ„
Áž¨º°ŠÁœºÊ°š¸É¨³¤´„Áž}œ„µ¦Á…¸¥œŽÊε ¥„ÁªoœÁž}œÁ·Š°¦¦™Á­¦·¤‡ªµ¤ (Content Footnote)
š´ÊŠœ¸Ê Á·Š°¦¦™­µ¤µ¦™ÂnŠ°°„Å—oÁž}œ 3 ž¦³Á£š ŗo„n
4.2.1 Á·Š°¦¦™°oµŠ°·Š (Reference Footnote ®¦º° Citation Footnote) čo¦³»Â®¨nŠš¸É¤µ…°Š
o°¤¼¨ …o°‡ªµ¤ ®¦º°‡ªµ¤‡·—Á®Èœ˜nµŠÇ Ťnªnµ‹³Áž}œ„µ¦‡´—¨°„ „µ¦™°—‡ªµ¤ ®¦º°„µ¦
­¦»ž…o°¤¼¨ ×¥Á·Š°¦¦™°oµŠ°·Š ¤¸­°Š¨´„¬–³ ŗo„n
1) Á·Š°¦¦™°oµŠ°·Š‡¦³ÊŠÂ¦„ Áž}œ¨´„¬–³Á·Š°¦¦™š¸ÉŸ¼oÁ…¸¥œ˜o°Š„µ¦Ä®o…o°­œÁš«
®¨nŠš¸É¤µ…°Š­·ÉŠš¸É°oµŠ™¹Š°¥nµŠ­¤¼¦–rš¸É­»— —´ŠÂ­—Š˜´ª°¥nµŠ—´Š˜n°Åžœ¸Ê
… Moris E. Eson ¤¸‡ªµ¤Á®Èœªnµ ª·µ‹·˜ª·š¥µ„µ¦«¹„¬µÁž}œª·š¥µ„µ¦­Îµ®¦´nª¥‡¦¼Ä®oÁ…oµÄ‹
›¦¦¤µ˜·…°Šœ´„Á¦¸¥œÂ˜n¨³‡œ nª¥Ä®oÁ…oµÄ‹ª·›¸š¸É‹³¡´•œµ—oµœ˜nµŠÇ Ä®oÁ…µ¤¸‡ªµ¤¡¦o°¤š¸É
‹³Áž}œ¡¨Á¤º°Š—¸…°Š­´Š‡¤ nª¥Ä®oÁ…µ¤¸­¤¦¦™£µ¡Äœ„µ¦­¦oµŠŸ¨ŠµœÄœšµŠ­¦oµŠ­¦¦‡r
°Š­´Š‡¤
1 …
—————
1 Moris E. Eson, Psychological Foundations of Education (New York: Holt, Rinehart and
Winston, Inc., 1966), p. 1.
14
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

2) Á·Š°¦¦™°oµŠ°·ŠŽÊε Áž}œ¨´„¬–³…°ŠÁ·Š°¦¦™š¸Éŗo°oµŠ°·ŠÅžÂ¨oª ץŤn‹Îµ„´—
‹Îµœªœ‡¦´ÊŠ ¨³„µ¦šÎµÁ·Š°¦¦™°oµŠ°·Š‡¦´ÊŠÂ¦„Å—o¦³»Â®¨nŠš¸É¤µ…°Š­·ÉŠš¸É°oµŠ™¹Š
°¥nµŠ­¤¼¦–r¨oª „µ¦¨ŠÁ·Š°¦¦™°oµŠ°·Š‡¦´ÊŠ˜n°Åž „È‹³Áž}œ„µ¦Ä®o…o°­œÁš«¡°
­´ŠÁ…ž ¨³¤¸¦¼žÂš¸É˜„˜nµŠ„´œ
… ( …o°‡ªµ¤š¸É°oµŠ™¹Š ) 1 …
………………………… ( …o°‡ªµ¤š¸É°oµŠ™¹Š ) 2 …
—————
1
¥´œ˜r ª¦¦›œ£¼˜· , “ „µ¦«¹„¬µœ„¨»n¤œo°¥Äœ¨oµœœµ ”, ¨oµœœµ«¹„¬µ 2 ( Á¤¬µ¥œ ¤·™»œµ¥œ
2530), ®œoµ 6
2
Á¦ºÉ°ŠÁ—¸¥ª„´œ
˜´ª°¥nµŠ…oµŠ˜oœœ¸Ê Áž}œ„µ¦¨ŠÁ·Š°¦¦™°oµŠ°·Š‡¦´ÊŠÂ¦„„´Á·Š°¦¦™ŽÊε„´Äœ®œoµ
Á—¸¥ª„´œ ¨³°oµŠ™¹ŠÂ®¨nŠš¸É¤µ…°Š…o°¤¼¨®œoµÁ—¸¥ª„´œ—oª¥
­Îµ®¦´„¦–¸š¸É ®œ´Š­º°ª·š¥µœ·¡œ›r®¦º°„µ¦‡oœ‡ªoµÂ°·­¦³ Áž}œ£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬
‡Îµªnµ “ Á¦ºÉ°ŠÁ—¸¥ª„´œ ” Ä®očo‡Îµªnµ “Ibid.” šœ
… ( …o°‡ªµ¤š¸É°oµŠ™¹Š ) 1 …
………………………… ( …o°‡ªµ¤š¸É°oµŠ™¹Š ) 2 …
—————
1 B. Komber, Give Your Child a Chance (London: W.H. Allen, 1970), p. 5.
2 Ibid.
Ĝ„¦–¸°oµŠ°·ŠŽÊε„´„µ¦°oµŠ°·Š‡¦´ÊŠÂ¦„ ¤µ‹µ„®¨nŠš¸É¤µÁ—¸¥ª„´œ ˜n‡œ¨³®œoµ
„ÈÄ®o¦³»Á·Š°¦¦™ŽÊε¡¦o°¤„´Á¨…®œoµš¸É°oµŠ™¹Š—oª¥ —´Š˜´ª°¥nµŠ˜n°Åžœ¸Ê
… ( …o°‡ªµ¤š¸É°oµŠ¤µ ) 1 …
………………………… ( …o°‡ªµ¤š¸É°oµŠ¤µ ) 2 …
—————
1
¥´œ˜r ª¦¦›œ£¼˜· , “ „µ¦«¹„¬µœ„¨»n¤œo°¥Äœ¨oµœœµ ”, ¨oµœœµ«¹„¬µ 2 ( Á¤¬µ¥œ ¤·™»œµ¥œ
2530), ®œoµ 6
2
Á¦ºÉ°ŠÁ—¸¥ª„´œ , ®œoµ 32
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
15

­Îµ®¦´„¦–¸£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬ Ä®očo‡Îµªnµ “Ibid.” ¡¦o°¤„´¦³»Á¨…®œoµ —´Š˜´ª°¥nµŠ
˜n°Åžœ¸Ê
………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………
—————
1 B. Komber, Give Your Child a Chance (London: W.H. Allen, 1970), p. 5.
2 Ibid., p. 40.
Ĝ„¦–¸š¸É¤¸Á·Š°¦¦™ŽÊε ˜n¤¸Á·Š°¦¦™Â®¨nŠ…o°¤¼¨°ºÉœ‡´Éœ°¥¼n „ÈÄ®o¨ŠÁ·Š°¦¦™ŽÊε
­Îµ®¦´£µ¬µÅš¥Ä®o¦³» ºÉ°Â¨³œµ¤­„»¨…°ŠŸ¼oÁ…¸¥œ ™oµÁž}œ£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬ Ä®o¦³»
ÁŒ¡µ³œµ¤­„»¨ ¡¦o°¤„´ ºÉ°Á¦ºÉ°Š°¥nµŠ¥n° ‡¦´ÊŠš¸É¡·¤¡r®¦º°®¤µ¥Á¨…Á¨n¤ ( ™oµ¤¸ )
¨³Á¨…®œoµ
­Îµ®¦´„¦–¸š¸É¤¸Ÿ¼oÁ…¸¥œ‹Îµœªœ­°Š‡œ Ä®o¦³»ºÉ° ¨³ / ®¦º° œµ¤­„»¨ š´ÊŠ­°Š‡œ
¨³®µ„Ÿ¼oÁ…¸¥œ¤µ„„ªnµ­°Š‡œ Ä®o¦³»ÁŒ¡µ³Ÿ¼oÁ…¸¥œ‡œÂ¦„¨oª˜µ¤—oª¥ ‡Îµªnµ
“ ¨³‡–³ ” ®¦º° “ et al ” ¨oªÂ˜n„¦–¸ªnµÁž}œ£µ¬µÅš¥®¦º°£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬
………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………
—————
1
¨›·¦µ „¨´—°¥¼n ¨³‡–³ , „µ¦Äo£µ¬µ ( ¡¦³œ‡¦ : Á‡¨È—Åš¥ , 2517), ®œoµ 65
2 Ruth A. Davies, The School Library Media Center: A Force for Educational Excellence ,
2 nd ed., New York: R. R. Bower, 1978, p. 100.
3
¨›·¦µ „¨´—°¥¼n ¨³‡–³ , „µ¦Äo£µ¬µ , ®œoµ 75
4 Davies, The School Library Media Center , 2 nd ed., p. 148.
4.2.2 Á·Š°¦¦™Á­¦·¤‡ªµ¤ (Content Footnote) čo­—Š‡ªµ¤Á®Èœª·‹µ¦–r ®¦º°Ä®o…o°¤¼¨Á¡·É¤Á˜·¤
˜nÁž}œ…o°‡ªµ¤š¸ÉŤnÁ­œ°¦ª¤ÄœÁœºÊ°Á¦ºÉ°Š Á¡¦µ³‹³šÎµÄ®o¡´•œµ„µ¦šµŠ‡ªµ¤‡·—…°Š
Ÿ¼o°nµœ…µ—‡ªµ¤˜n°ÁœºÉ°Š ¨³°µ‹­´­œ¦³®ªnµŠ­µ¦­œÁš«š¸É°oµŠ™¹Š „´ÁœºÊ°‡ªµ¤š¸ÉÁ­¦·¤
Á…oµÅž
16
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

¦¦¡»¦»¬…°Šµª°Á¤¦·„´œ˜nµŠ¤°ŠÁ®Èœ‡»–‡nµ…°Š„µ¦«¹„¬µ Ž¹ÉŠÁž}œÁ‡¦ºÉ°Š¤º°š¸ÉšÎµÄ®o
¡¨Á¤º°Š°Á¤¦·„´œ­µ¤µ¦™ž„žj°Š¦´„¬µ­·š›·Â¨³°£·­·š›·Í…°Š˜œÂ¨³œ¦»nœ®¨´Š ¨³Áž}œ
Á‡¦ºÉ°Š¤º°Á˜¦¸¥¤µª°Á¤¦·„´œÄ®o—εÁœ·œ¸ª·˜°¥nµŠ¤¸ž¦³­·š›·£µ¡ ¨³´ŠÁ„·—Ÿ¨°¥nµŠ­¤¼¦–r
°œ—¦¼ªr ‡µ¦rÁœ„¸
1
Áž}œ‡œ®œ¹ÉŠš¸Éŗo¨Šš»œ‹Îµœªœ¤®µ«µ¨ Ĝ„µ¦­œ´­œ»œ­nŠÁ­¦·¤„µ¦Ä®o
„µ¦«¹„¬µœ°„æŠÁ¦¸¥œ „nœ°Á¤¦·„´œ˜´ÊŠÂ˜n¥´Š¤¸¸ª·˜°¥¼n‹œ™¹Šž{‹‹»´œ
—————
1
°œ—¦¼ªr ‡µ¦rÁœ„¸ (1835-1919) Áž}œÁ«¦¬“¸µª°Á¤¦·„´œÁºÊ°­µ¥­„p°˜ š¸É°¡¥¡Á…oµÅž°¥¼nĜ
°Á¤¦·„µ Ĝže ‡ .
« . 1846 Á¤ºÉ°¤¸°µ¥»Å—o 11 že Á…µÅ¤nÁ…oµÃ¦ŠÁ¦¸¥œ ¨³«¹„¬µ—oª¥˜œÁ°Š‹µ„
®œ´Š­º°š¸É¤¸Ÿ¼oÄ®o¥º¤°nµœ Á…µ˜n°­¼o°»ž­¦¦‡˜nµŠÇ ‹œž¦³­‡ªµ¤­ÎµÁ¦È‹Äœ°»˜­µ®„¦¦¤
Á®¨È„„¨oµ ¦³®ªnµŠže ‡ .
« . 1881-1919 Á…µÅ—o¦·‹µ‡ÁŠ·œ­¦oµŠ®o°Š­¤»—ž¦³µœš´Éª
­®¦´“°Á¤¦·„µ ž¦³¤µ– 2,800 ®nŠ ®o°Š­¤»—Á®¨nµœ´Êœ¥´ŠÄ®o¦·„µ¦‹œ™¹Šž{‹‹»´œ
4.2.3 Á·Š°¦¦™Ã¥Š (Cross-reference Footnote) čoÃ¥Š…o°‡ªµ¤š¸Éž¦µ„’Äœš¸É®œ¹ÉŠÅž¥´Š°¸„š¸É
®œ¹ÉŠ£µ¥Äœ®œ´Š­º°Á¨n¤Á—¸¥ª„´œ
… Ÿœ„µ¦«¹„¬µš¸É—¸Á¨·«¥n°¤šÎµÄ®oÁ„·—ž¦³­„µ¦–rš¸Éž¦³­µœ­´¤¡´œ›r ¨³Á„µ³Á„¸É¥ªÁž}œ
Á„¨¸¥ª˜n°ÁœºÉ°Š ¨³„oµª®œoµÅ¤n®¥»—¥´ÊŠ
2 …
—————
2
šš¸É 8 ®œoµ 145
¦¦–µœ»„¦¤ (Bibliography) ®¤µ¥™¹Š ¦µ¥„µ¦­·ÉŠ¡·¤¡r¨³‡ªµ¤¦¼oĜ¦¼žÂ˜nµŠÇ š¸ÉčoÁž}œ®¨´„“µœ
Ĝ„µ¦«¹„¬µ ‡oœ‡ªoµ ®¦º°ª·‹´¥ ×¥„µ¦Á…¸¥œÁž}œ¦µ¥„µ¦¦ª¤Åªošoµ¥Á¨n¤ ®¦º°šoµ¥šÂ˜n¨³š š´ÊŠœ¸Ê
¦¦–µœ»„¦¤Áž}œ­nªœ®œ¹ÉŠš¸Énª¥Ä®oŸ¼o°nµœš¦µ…°Á…˜…°Š„µ¦‡oœ‡ªoµ ¨³Ä®oœª‡·—„nŸ¼ošÎµ
„µ¦«¹„¬µ ‡oœ‡ªoµ ®¦º°ª·‹´¥ ˜n°Åž
„µ¦¨ŠÁ·Š°¦¦™Â¨³¦¦–µœ»„¦¤ ‹³Äo…o°­œÁš«š¸É‡¨oµ¥‡¨¹Š„´œ ˜n°µ‹¤¸­nªœ¦µ¥¨³Á°¸¥—š¸É˜„˜nµŠ
„´œ ‡º° …o°­œÁš«Á„¸É¥ª„´Ÿ¼oÁ…¸¥œ „µ¦ª¦¦‡˜°œ „µ¦¦³»Á¨…®œoµ ¨³ž¦³Á£š…°ŠÂ®¨nŠ‡ªµ¤¦¼o
4.3
¦µ¥„µ¦Á°„­µ¦°oµŠ°·Š ®¦º° ¦¦–µœ»„¦¤ Áž}œ £µ‡®œ¹ÉŠÄœ­nªœšoµ¥…°Š®œ´Š­º° ×¥Á…¸¥œÁž}œ¦µ¥„µ¦
˜n°‹µ„š­»—šoµ¥…°Š­nªœÁœºÊ°‡ªµ¤ ( ˜n°‹µ„š­¦»žÂ¨³…o°Á­œ°Âœ³ ) ®¦º°°µ‹Á…¸¥œÁ¡·É¤°¥¼nĜ
­nªœšoµ¥…°ŠÂ˜n¨³šÄœ®œ´Š­º°„Èŗo ×¥¤¸ÁŒ¡µ³¦µ¥„µ¦Á°„­µ¦°oµŠ°·Šš¸ÉčoĜšœ´ÊœÇ Ášnµœ´Êœ ×¥
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
17

„µ¦Á…¸¥œ¦µ¥„µ¦Á°„­µ¦š¸ÉÁž}œ£µ¬µÅš¥„n°œ¦µ¥„µ¦£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬Â¨³£µ¬µ°ºÉœ ×¥„¦–¸š¸ÉÁž}œ„µ¦
°oµŠ°·Š¦³œµ¤že „ÈÄ®oÁ¦¸¥Š¨Îµ—´˜µ¤°´„¬¦ºÉ°Ÿ¼o˜nŠ ˜n™oµÁž}œ„µ¦°oµŠ°·Š¦³®¤µ¥Á¨… „ÈÄ®o
Á¦¸¥Š¨Îµ—´˜µ¤„µ¦°oµŠ™¹Š ¡¦o°¤„´…¹Êœ˜oœ—oª¥®¤µ¥Á¨…š¸É˜¦Š˜µ¤„µ¦°oµŠ™¹Šœ´Êœ
š´ÊŠœ¸Ê ˜n¨³¦µ¥„µ¦…°ŠÁ°„­µ¦°oµŠ°·Š®¦º°¦¦–µœ»„¦¤ ‹³˜o°Š¤¸¦µ¥¨³Á°¸¥—Ä®o‡¦™oªœ¤µ„š¸É­»—
Ášnµš¸É‹³šÎµÅ—o ץ¥„°°„Áž}œ 3 ž¦³Á£š®¨´„ —´Šœ¸Ê
4.3.1 „¦–¸š¸ÉÁž}œ®œ´Š­º° (Book) ®¦º°˜Îµ¦µ (Textbook) Ä®o¤¸¦µ¥¨³Á°¸¥—˜µ¤¨Îµ—´—´Šœ¸Ê
1) ºÉ° œµ¤­„»¨ Ÿ¼o˜nŠ (Author) ™oµÁž}œ£µ¬µÅš¥Ä®oÁ…¸¥œºÉ°Â¨³œµ¤­„»¨ÂÁ˜È¤
™oµÁž}œ£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬ ×¥š´ÉªÅž œ·¥¤…¹Êœ—oª¥œµ¤­„»¨ÂÁ˜È¤ ˜µ¤—oª¥
Á‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥‹»¨£µ‡ “,” ¨oª˜µ¤—oª¥ºÉ°¥n°Â¨³‹»— “.”
2) ºÉ°Á¦ºÉ°Š®œ´Š­º°®¦º°˜Îµ¦µ ¡¦o°¤š´ÊŠ …¸—Á­oœÄ˜o ®¦º°Äo °³„¬¦˜³ªÁ°¸¥Š Á¡ºÉ°šÎµÄ®o
Á„·—‡ªµ¤Â˜„˜nµŠ¦³®ªnµŠ®œ´Š­º°®¦º°˜Îµ¦µ„´Á°„­µ¦°oµŠ°·Š°ºÉœ
3) ™oµÁž}œ®œ´Š­º°Âž¨š¸É¤¸Ÿ¼ož¨ (Translator) ®¦º°¤¸¦¦–µ›·„µ¦ (Editor) Ä®oÁ…¸¥œ
ºÉ°Ÿ¼ož¨ ®¦º°ºÉ°¦¦–µ›·„µ¦ Áž}œ¨Îµ—´™´—Åž
4) ‡¦´ÊŠš¸É¡·¤¡r ( „¦–¸š¸ÉŤnčoÁž}œ„µ¦¡·¤¡r‡¦´ÊŠÂ¦„ )
5) ºÉ°­Îµœ´„¡·¤¡r
6) Á—º°œ že š¸É¡·¤¡r
7) Á¨…®œoµš¸É°oµŠ™¹Š ( ™oµ¤¸ )
8) ®¤µ¥Á¨…°œ»„¦¤®œ´Š­º°œµœµµ˜· (ISBN: International Serial Book Number)
( ™oµ¤¸ )
Á°„´¥ ­Š°·œš¦r „µ¦š—­°ªŠ‹¦¦ª¤…œµ—Ä®n¤µ„ ˜Îµ¦µ £µ‡ª·µª·«ª„¦¦¤Å¢¢jµ ‡–³
ª·«ª„¦¦¤«µ­˜¦r ¤®µª·š¥µ¨´¥Á¸¥ŠÄ®¤n ¡ .
« . 2553 ®œoµ 123
Helfer, M. E., Kempe, R. S., and Krugman, R. D., The battered child , 5 th ed., Chicago
Press, 1997, pp. 235, ISBN: 978-0226326238.
4.3.2 „¦–¸š¸ÉÁž}œªµ¦­µ¦ (Journal) ®¦º°š‡ªµ¤šµŠª·µ„µ¦ (Proceedings) Ä®o¤¸¦µ¥¨³Á°¸¥—
˜µ¤¨Îµ—´—´Šœ¸Ê
1) ºÉ° œµ¤­„»¨ Ÿ¼o˜nŠ / Ÿ¼oÁ…¸¥œ (Author)
2) ºÉ°Á¦ºÉ°Š (Title) …°Šš‡ªµ¤Äœªµ¦­µ¦®¦º°„µ¦ž¦³»¤ª·µ„µ¦ ×¥Á…¸¥œÄ®o°¥¼n
ĜÁ‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥‡Îµ¡¼— “…” (Double Quotation Marks)
18
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

3) ºÉ°ªµ¦­µ¦Â¨³®¤µ¥Á¨…ž¦³‹Îµªµ¦­µ¦ (Volume and Issue Numbers) ®¦º°ºÉ°
„µ¦ž¦³»¤ª·µ„µ¦ ¡¦o°¤š´ÊŠ­™µœš¸É ®¦º°Á¤º°ŠÂ¨³ž¦³Áš«š¸É‹´—„µ¦ž¦³»¤
( ¨oªÂ˜n„¦–¸ )
4) ª´œ Á—º°œ že š¸ÉÁŸ¥Â¡¦nªµ¦­µ¦ ®¦º°š¸É‹´—„µ¦ž¦³»¤ª·µ„µ¦ ( ¨oªÂ˜n„¦–¸ )
5) Á¨…®œoµš¸É˜¸¡·¤¡rĜªµ¦­µ¦ ®¦º°„µ¦ž¦³»¤ª·µ„µ¦œ´Êœ ( ¨oªÂ˜n„¦–¸ )
Sang-in, A. and Cheung, P. Y. K., “A Method of Representative Fault Selection in Digital
Circuits for ATPG,” Proceedings, IEEE-International Symposium on Circuits and Sytems,
ISCAS-1994, London, England, UK, May 30 - June 2, 1994, pp. 73-76.
Feldman, H. N., “Maternal Care and Differences in the Use of Nests in the Docmestic
Cat,” Animal Behaviour, Vol. 45, No. 1, January 1993, pp. 13-23.
4.3.3 „¦–¸š¸ÉÁž}œÁ°„­µ¦œ¦³Á‡¦º°…nµ¥‡°¤¡·ªÁ˜°¦r (Internet) ®¦º°¦µ¥„µ¦Á°„­µ¦
°·Á¨È„š¦°œ·„­r (Electronic) Ä®o¤¸¦µ¥¨³Á°¸¥—˜µ¤¨Îµ—´—´Šœ¸Ê
1) ºÉ° œµ¤­„»¨ Ÿ¼o˜nŠ / Ÿ¼oÁ…¸¥œ (Author)
2) ºÉ°Á¦ºÉ°Š (Title) …°Šš‡ªµ¤Äœªµ¦­µ¦®¦º°„µ¦ž¦³»¤ª·µ„µ¦ ×¥Á…¸¥œÄ®o°¥¼n
ĜÁ‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥‡Îµ¡¼— “…”
3) ž¦³Á£š…°ŠÁ°„­µ¦ Ánœ ªµ¦­µ¦°°œÅ¨œr (On-line Journal) ÁªÈÅŽ˜r (Website)
„¦³—µœ…nµª (Bulletin Board) ®¦º° Å¢¨r…o°‡ªµ¤ (Text File) Áž}œ˜oœ
4) ®¤µ¥Á¨…ž¦³‹Îµªµ¦­µ¦ (Volume and Issue Numbers) ×¥ÁŒ¡µ³°¥nµŠ¥·ÉŠ „¦–¸š¸É
Áž}œªµ¦­µ¦°°œÅ¨œr
5) ºÉ°š¸É°¥¼n…°ŠÁªÈÅŽ˜r (Website) ×¥Á…¸¥œÁž}œ °³„¬¦˜³ªÁ°¸¥Š
6) ª´œ Á—º°œ že š¸É­º‡oœ
Á°„´¥ ­Š°·œš¦r “ ‡¼n¤º°„µ¦Á…¸¥œÂ¨³¡·¤¡rž¦·µœ·¡œ›r ” Å¢¨r…o°‡ªµ¤ http://www.ee.eng.cmu.ac.th/~akachai/ThesisWriting&PrintingManual.pdf
1 ˜»¨µ‡¤ 2557
­Îµœ´„®°­¤»— ¤®µª·š¥µ¨´¥Á¸¥ŠÄ®¤n “ °µ®µ¦¡ºÊœoµœ¨oµœœµ ” ÁªÈÅŽ˜r http://library.cmu. ac.th/ntic/lannafood/ 1 ˜»¨µ‡¤ 2556
Difference Between Particulate and Particle, Website: http://english.stackexchange.com/ question/96103/particulate-vs-particle , 11 August 2014.
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
19

š´ÊŠœ¸Ê „¦–¸š¸ÉÁ…¸¥œ¦µ¥„µ¦Á°„­µ¦°oµŠ°·Š®¦º°¦¦–µœ»„¦¤Åªo­nªœšoµ¥…°ŠÂ˜n¨³šÂ¨oª „ȇª¦Á…¸¥œ
¦µ¥„µ¦¦ª¤Á°„­µ¦°oµŠ°·Šš¸Éčoš´ÊŠ®¤—Ūoš¸É­nªœšoµ¥…°Š®œ´Š­º°—oª¥
°¥nµŠÅ¦„È—¸ ˜µ¤‡ªµ¤œ·¥¤ÄœµŠ„¨»n¤ª·µ„µ¦ °µ‹‹´—Á¦¸¥Š ª´œ Á—º°œ ¨³ / ®¦º° žeš¸ÉÁŸ¥Â¡¦n ®¦º°ª´œš¸É
­º‡oœ¡…o°¤¼¨ÅªoÁž}œ¨Îµ—´š¸É­°Š˜n°‹µ„ºÉ°Ÿ¼o˜nŠ ¨³„¦–¸š¸ÉÁž}œÁ°„­µ¦£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬ ‹³Äo
­´¨´„¬–r ‹»¨£µ‡ (Comma) “,” ‡´Éœ¦³®ªnµŠ¦µ¥¨³Á°¸¥—˜nµŠÇ —´Š„¨nµª ¨oªžd—šoµ¥¦µ¥¨³Á°¸¥—…°ŠÂ˜n
¨³¦µ¥„µ¦—oª¥­´¨´„¬–r ‹»— (Dot or Full Stop) “.” ˜nÁ°„­µ¦£µ¬µÅš¥Å¤nœ·¥¤Äoš´ÊŠÁ‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥
‹»¨£µ‡Â¨³‹»—
œ°„‹µ„œ¸Ê Ĝ„µ¦°oµŠ°·Š¥´Š¤¸¤µ˜¦“µœ°ºÉœš¸Éœ·¥¤Äo„´œÄœ­¤µ‡¤˜nµŠÇ Ánœ APA (American
Psychological Association), AMA (American Medical Association), MLA (Modern Language
Association), Chicago, Turabian ¨³ Vancouver Áž}œ˜oœ ץ˜n¨³Â„È‹³¤¸¦µ¥¨³Á°¸¥—š¸É˜„˜nµŠ
„´œ°°„Åž ×¥ÁŒ¡µ³°¥nµŠ¥·ÉŠ ¦¼žÂ„µ¦¡·¤¡r „µ¦Áªoœª¦¦‡˜°œ ¢°œ˜r (Font Style) ¨³
¦µ¥¨³Á°¸¥—ž¨¸„¥n°¥°ºÉœ Ánœ „¦–¸š¸ÉÁž}œ ®œ´Š­º°¡·¤¡r š‡ªµ¤Äœ®œ´Š­º° š‡ªµ¤‹µ„“µœ…o°¤¼¨
®¦º°š‡ªµ¤‹µ„­µ¦µœ»„¦¤ (Encyclopedia) Áž}œ˜oœ Ž¹ÉŠŸ¼oÁ…¸¥œ­µ¤µ¦™Äo¦¼žÂ¤µ˜¦“µœ®œ¹ÉŠ
¤µ˜¦“µœÄ—„Èŗo ˜nš¸É­Îµ‡´š¸É­»— ‡º° ˜o°ŠÄo¤µ˜¦“µœÁ—¸¥ª„´œ˜¨°—š´ÊŠÁ¨n¤Ã—¥Å¤nčoŸ­¤„´œ
20
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

5
®œ´Š­º°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›rš¸É—¸ ‹³˜o°Š¤¸°Š‡rž¦³„°Â¨³ÁœºÊ°®µ­µ¦³‡¦™oªœ ¨³¤¸¦¼žÂ˜µ¤
¤µ˜¦“µœš¸É´–”·˜ª·š¥µ¨´¥„ε®œ— š´ÊŠœ¸Ê ­µ¤µ¦™—¼˜´ª°¥nµŠ„µ¦¡·¤¡rŗoĜ£µ‡Ÿœª„…°Š®œ´Š­º°‡¼n¤º°
œ¸Ê ¨³­µ¤µ¦™—µªœrŗo‹µ„ÁªÈÅŽ˜r…°Š´–”·˜ª·š¥µ¨´¥
5.1
°Š‡rž¦³„°…°Š®œ´Š­º°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r ­µ¤µ¦™ÂnŠ°°„Áž}œ 3 ­nªœ®¨´„ ŗo„n ­nªœ®œoµ (Front
Matter or Preliminary) ­nªœÁœºÊ°®µ (Body of Text) ¨³ ­nªœšoµ¥ (Back Matter)
5.1.1 ­nªœ®œoµ Áž}œ ­nªœš¸É¤¸¦¼žÂ„µ¦¡·¤¡r˜µ¤¤µ˜¦“µœš¸É„ε®œ— ž¦³„°—oª¥®œoµ˜nµŠÇ
—´Š˜n°Åžœ¸Ê
1) ž„®œoµ (Front Cover)
2) ĝ¦°Šž„ (Fly Leaf) Áž}œ®œoµ„¦³—µ¬Áž¨nµÅ¤n¤¸„µ¦¡·¤¡rėÇ
3) ®œoµž„Äœ (Inner Cover Page)
4) ®œoµ®´ª…o° (Title Page)
5) ®œoµ°œ»¤´˜· (Approval Page)
6) ®œoµ‡Îµ°»š·« (Dedication Page) ( ™oµ¤¸ )
7) ®œoµ„·˜˜·„¦¦¤ž¦³„µ« (Acknowledgement)
8) ®œoµš‡´—¥n°£µ¬µÅš¥ (Abstract in Thai)
9) ®œoµš‡´—¥n°£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬ (Abstract in English)
10) ®œoµ­µ¦´ (Contents)
11) ®œoµ­µ¦´˜µ¦µŠ (List of Tables) ( ™oµ¤¸ )
12) ®œoµ­µ¦´¦¼ž£µ¡ (List of Figures) ( ™oµ¤¸ )
13) ®œoµ¦µ¥„µ¦°´„¬¦¥n° (List of Abbreviations) ( ™oµ¤¸ )
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
21

14) ®œoµ¦µ¥„µ¦­´¨´„¬–r ˜´ªÂž¦ ®¦º°®œnª¥ (List of Symbols, Variables or Units)
( ™oµ¤¸ ×¥°µ‹ÂnŠ°°„Áž}œ¦µ¥„µ¦Â˜n¨³°¥nµŠÂ¥„‹µ„„´œ )
15) ®œoµ°£·›µœ«´¡šr (Glossary) ( ™oµ¤¸ )
16) ®œoµ…o°‡ªµ¤Â®nŠ„µ¦¦·Á¦·É¤£µ¬µÅš¥ (Statement(s) of Originality in Thai) ( ™oµ¤¸
˜n´Š‡´˜o°Š¤¸ ­Îµ®¦´„µ¦«¹„¬µ¦³—´ž¦·µÁ°„ )
17) ®œoµ…o°‡ªµ¤Â®nŠ„µ¦¦·Á¦·É¤£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬ (Statement(s) of Originality in English)
( ™oµ¤¸ ˜n´Š‡´˜o°Š¤¸ ­Îµ®¦´„µ¦«¹„¬µ¦³—´ž¦·µÁ°„ )
5.1.2 ­nªœÁœºÊ°®µ (Body of Text or Content Section)
1) šœÎµ (Introduction) Áž}œšš¸É‹³˜o°Š°›·µ¥™¹Š ž¦³ª´˜· ¨³ / ®¦º° ‡ªµ¤Áž}œ¤µ
°Šž{®µš¸É®¥·¥„…¹Êœ¤µšÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›r Ž¹ÉŠ‡ª¦‹³˜o°Š¤¸‡ªµ¤š´œ­¤´¥ ¤¸
ª´˜™»ž¦³­Š‡rš¸É´—Á‹œ ¤¸š§¬‘¸ ¨³ / ®¦º° ®¨´„„µ¦­œ´­œ»œ ¦¦¥µ¥™¹Šª·›¸„µ¦
¨³…´Êœ˜°œ„µ¦—εÁœ·œŠµœ¡°­´ŠÁ…ž ¡¦o°¤š´ÊŠ¦³»™¹Š…°Á…˜®¦º°„¨»n¤Ážjµ®¤µ¥
°ŠŠµœš¸ÉšÎµ ˜¨°—‹œž¦³Ã¥œrš¸Éŗo¦´ ×¥š´ÉªÅž ­µ¤µ¦™ÂnŠ°°„Áž}œ®´ª…o°
¥n°¥˜nµŠÇ —´Š˜n°Åžœ¸Ê
1.1) ž¦³ª´˜·‡ªµ¤Áž}œ¤µ (Historical Background) š¸ÉÁž}œž{‹‹´¥­Îµ‡´ ®¦º°Áž}œ
Á®˜»‹¼ŠÄ‹Ä®o˜o°ŠœÎµ¤µ«¹„¬µ ‡oœ‡ªoµ ®¦º°šÎµª·‹´¥ Ĝ‡¦´ÊŠœ¸Ê ×¥ž„˜· ‹³˜o°Š
¤¸„µ¦«¹„¬µ‡oœ‡ªoµÂ¨³°oµŠ°·Š™¹ŠŸ¨Šµœš¸ÉŸnµœ¤µÄœ°—¸˜ ªnµÁ‡¥¤¸Ÿ¨„µ¦
«¹„¬µª·‹´¥ÄœÁ¦ºÉ°Šœ¸Ê®¦º°Á¦ºÉ°Šš¸ÉĄ¨oÁ‡¸¥Š¤µoµŠÂ¨oª°¥nµŠÅ¦ ¨³ž{®µš¸É
®¥·¥„…¹Êœ¤µšÎµª·‹´¥œ´ÊœÁž}œž¦³Á—Ȝė
1.2) ª´˜™»ž¦³­Š‡r (Objectives) š¸É´—Á‹œ š¸É­—ŠÄ®oÁ®ÈœÁžjµ®¤µ¥…°Š„µ¦šÎµ
ª·‹´¥ ×¥°µ‹ÂnŠ°°„Áž}œ®´ª…o°¥n°¥˜nµŠÇ ŗo˜µ¤‡ªµ¤Á®¤µ³­¤ Ánœ Á¡ºÉ°
šÎµ„µ¦°°„Â¨³­¦oµŠ°³Å¦ ®¦º° Á¡ºÉ°«¹„¬µ®µ…o°­¦»ž°³Å¦ Áž}œ˜oœ
1.3) ­¦»ž­µ¦³­Îµ‡´‹µ„Á°„­µ¦š¸ÉÁ„¸É¥ª…o°Š (Literature Review) Áž}œ­nªœš¸É
ŗo¤µ‹µ„„µ¦­Îµ¦ª‹Â¨³ššªœ (Survey/Investigation and Review)
Á°„­µ¦®¦º°Ÿ¨Šµœ˜nµŠÇ š¸ÉÁ„¸É¥ª…o°Š®¦º°Ä„¨oÁ‡¸¥Š ¡¦o°¤„´°oµŠ°·Š™¹Š
®¨nŠš¸É¤µ…°Š…o°¤¼¨Á®¨nµœ´ÊœÅªo—oª¥ Á¡ºÉ°Â­—ŠÄ®oÁ®Èœ™¹ŠŸ¨Šµœš¸ÉŸnµœ¤µ
‹µ„°—¸˜™¹Šž{‹‹»´œ (State of the Art) ªnµ ¤¸„µ¦—εÁœ·œ„µ¦Åž™¹ŠÅ®œÂ¨oª
¨³¥´Š‡Š¤¸ž{®µÄ—‡oµŠ°¥¼nš¸É‡ª¦®¥·¥„…¹Êœ¤µšÎµª·‹´¥
22
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

1.4) š§¬‘¸ ¨³ / ®¦º° ®¨´„„µ¦ (Theory and/or Principles) Áž}œ„µ¦œÎµÁ­œ°™¹Š
­¤¤»˜·“µœ (Hypothesis) œª‡ªµ¤‡·— (Concept) œªšµŠ (Guide) ª·›¸„µ¦
(Method) ®¨´„ª·›¸ (Algorithm) š§¬‘¸ (Theory) ®¦º° ®¨´„„µ¦ (Principle)
š¸É‡µ—ªnµœnµ‹³Áž}œÁ®˜»ž{‹‹´¥…°Šž{®µ ®¦º°Áž}œÂœªšµŠ„µ¦Â„ož{®µš¸É
®¥·¥„…¹Êœ¤µšÎµ„µ¦ª·‹´¥œ´Êœ
1.5) ª·›¸„µ¦ …°Á…˜ ¨³ÂŸœ„µ¦—εÁœ·œ„µ¦ (Scope of Study) Áž}œ„µ¦°›·µ¥
™¹Šª·›¸„µ¦Â¨³…´Êœ˜°œ˜nµŠÇ Ĝ„µ¦—εÁœ·œ„µ¦°¥nµŠ¨³Á°¸¥— ×¥Áœoœ„µ¦
šÎµŠµœ°¥nµŠÁž}œ¦³ ˜µ¤¦³Á¸¥ÂÂŸœšµŠª·µ„µ¦ Ž¹ÉŠ‹³Áž}œ„µ¦
ÁœoœÄœÁ¦ºÉ°Š…°Š„µ¦—εÁœ·œ„µ¦°¥nµŠÅ¦ (How) ŤnčnÁž}œÁ¡¸¥Š„µ¦¦³»ªnµ‹³
šÎµ°³Å¦ (What) Ášnµœ´Êœ Ánœ ª·›¸„µ¦—εÁœ·œŠµœÄœ­nªœ…°Š„µ¦«¹„¬µ
‡oœ‡ªoµ®µž{®µ ª·›¸„µ¦—εÁœ·œŠµœÄœ„µ¦Â„ož{®µ ª·›¸„µ¦Â¨³…´Êœ˜°œ
„µ¦Á„ȝ˜´ª°¥nµŠ (Sampling) ¨³„µ¦Á„ȝ…o°¤¼¨ (Data Collection) ª·›¸„µ¦
š—­°š—¨°Š®¦º°¡·­¼‹œrš§¬‘¸®¦º°®¨´„„µ¦š¸ÉœÎµÁ­œ° Áž}œ˜oœ ¨³‡ª¦
­—Š™¹Š …°Á…˜…°Š„µ¦—εÁœ·œŠµœÄœÂ˜n¨³…´Êœ˜°œÄ®o´—Á‹œ Á¡ºÉ°Â­—Š
Ä®oÁ®Èœ™¹Š ‡ªµ¤Á®¤µ³­¤ Á¡¸¥Š¡° ¨³¤¸‡»–‡nµ‡ª¦Â„n„µ¦Á­œ°…°¦´
ž¦·µÄœ´Êœœ´ÊœÇ ¨³­µ¤µ¦™šÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›rÄ®o¨oªÁ­¦È‹Å—oĜÁª¨µ
°´œ­¤‡ª¦ Ánœ ¦³»‹Îµœªœ˜´ª°¥nµŠš¸É‹³šÎµ„µ¦Á„ȝ¦ª¦ª¤…o°¤¼¨
¦³¥³šµŠ®¦º°¡ºÊœš¸Éš¸É‡µ—ªnµ‹³šÎµ„µ¦š—­°š—¨°Š ®¦º° ¦µ¥¨³Á°¸¥—¨³
‡ªµ¤­µ¤µ¦™Äœ„µ¦ÄoŠµœ (Specifications) …°ŠÁ‡¦ºÉ°Š¤º° š¸É‹³šÎµ„µ¦
°°„Â¨³­¦oµŠ…¹Êœ¤µ Áž}œ˜oœ
š´ÊŠœ¸Ê ­µ¤µ¦™‹´—šÎµÁž}œ¨´„¬–³…°Š ˜µ¦µŠ (Table) š¸É­—Š™¹Š…´Êœ˜°œÂ¨³
¦³¥³Áª¨µÄœ„µ¦—εÁœ·œŠµœ…°ŠÂ˜n¨³…´Êœ˜°œÃ—¥¨³Á°¸¥— š´ÊŠœ¸Ê Á¡ºÉ°‡ªµ¤
­³—ª„Äœ„µ¦°nµœ ¨³„µ¦˜·—˜µ¤ž¦³Á¤·œŸ¨ ŗo°¥nµŠ¤¸ž¦³­·š›·£µ¡
1.6) ž¦³Ã¥œr®¦º°Ážjµ®¤µ¥š¸É‡µ—ªnµ‹³Å—o¦´ (Expecting Benefit and/or Goal)
Áž}œ„µ¦Â­—ŠÄ®oÁ®Èœ™¹Šž¦³Ã¥œrš¸É‹³Á„·—…¹Êœ°¥nµŠÅ¦ ¨³ / ®¦º° Ážjµ®¤µ¥
š¸É‡µ—ªnµ‹³Å—o¦´‡º°°³Å¦ ץ­—ŠÄ®oÁ®Èœ°¥nµŠÁž}œ¦¼ž›¦¦¤ ×¥ÁŒ¡µ³
°¥nµŠ¥·ÉŠªnµ ¤¸Ÿ¼oėš¸É‹³Å—o¦´ž¦³Ã¥œr‹µ„„µ¦«¹„¬µœ¸Ê š´ÊŠšµŠ˜¦ŠÂ¨³
šµŠ°o°¤ ×¥Áœoœž¦³Ã¥œrš¸ÉÁ„·—„nŸ¼o°ºÉœÂ¨³­´Š‡¤Ã—¥¦ª¤ Ťn‡ª¦Áœoœªnµ
œ´„«¹„¬µ‹³Å—ož¦³Ã¥œr‹µ„„µ¦«¹„¬µ‡oœ‡ªoµœ¸Ê°¥nµŠÅ¦
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
23

2) šÁœºÊ°Á¦ºÉ°Š˜nµŠÇ (Contents) Áž}œšš¸É°¥¼n™´—‹µ„šœÎµ Áž}œ„µ¦¦¦¥µ¥™¹Š„µ¦
—εÁœ·œ„µ¦«¹„¬µ ×¥ÁœºÊ°®µ­nªœÄ®nÁ„¸É¥ª…o°ŠÃ—¥˜¦Š„´Šµœ„µ¦«¹„¬µš¸ÉŸnµœ¤µ
˜¨°—¦³¥³Áª¨µ…°Š„µ¦šÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›r ×¥°µ‹ÂnŠ°°„Áž}œš˜nµŠÇ ×¥¤¸
‹Îµœªœš ˜µ¤‡ªµ¤Á®¤µ³­¤„´…´Êœ˜°œ „¦³ªœ„µ¦ ¨³ž¦·¤µ–ÁœºÊ°®µ­µ¦³
Ĝ˜n¨³­nªœ Ánœ š„µ¦ªµŠÂŸœ„µ¦—εÁœ·œŠµœ š„µ¦Á„ȝ˜´ª°¥nµŠ š„µ¦
ª·Á‡¦µ³®r š„µ¦°°„ (Design) ®¦º°„µ¦­´ŠÁ‡¦µ³®r (Synthesis) š„µ¦
š—­° (Test) „µ¦š—¨°Š (Experiment) „µ¦ª·Á‡¦µ³®r (Analysis) „µ¦ª·‹µ¦–r
(Criticism) „µ¦Âž¨Ÿ¨ (Interpretation) ®¦º° Ÿ¨¨´¡›r (Results) š¸Éŗo¦´‹µ„
„µ¦«¹„¬µ ץ­—ŠÄ®oÁ®Èœ™¹Š¦µ¥¨³Á°¸¥— Ĝ…´Êœ˜°œ ¨³„¦³ªœ„µ¦˜nµŠÇ
‹œ™¹ŠŸ¨¨´¡›rš¸ÉÁ„·—…¹Êœ‹µ„„µ¦«¹„¬µ‡oœ‡ªoµœ´Êœ
3) š­¦»žÂ¨³…o°Á­œ°Âœ³ (Conclusion and Suggestion) ¤´„Áž}œš­»—šoµ¥Äœ
­nªœÁœºÊ°®µ š¸É­—Š™¹ŠŸ¨­¦»ž…°Š„µ¦—εÁœ·œŠµœš¸ÉŸnµœ¤µ ªnµ¦¦¨»˜µ¤
ª´˜™»ž¦³­Š‡rš¸ÉªµŠÅªo˜´ÊŠÂ˜n˜oœ®¦º°Å¤n ¨³°¥nµŠÅ¦ ®µ„Ťn¦¦¨»˜µ¤
ª´˜™»ž¦³­Š‡r „ȇª¦ª·Á‡¦µ³®rÄ®oÁ®Èœ™¹Š­µÁ®˜»…°Š‡ªµ¤Å¤n­ÎµÁ¦È‹ °¥nµŠ¤¸®¨´„„µ¦
¨³­¤Á®˜»­¤Ÿ¨ ¨³ ‡ª¦Â­—Š…o°Á­œ°Âœ³Â¨³‡ªµ¤Á®ÈœÁ¡·É¤Á˜·¤ Á¡ºÉ°„µ¦
¡´•œµŠµœ˜n°ÅžÄœ°œµ‡˜ ®¦º° ª·Á‡¦µ³®rÄ®oÁ®Èœ™¹Šž¦³Á—Èœž{®µš¸É¥´Š‡Š‡oµŠ°¥¼n
Á¡ºÉ°ÄoÁž}œÂœªšµŠÄœ„µ¦«¹„¬µ‡oœ‡ªoµÁ¡·É¤Á˜·¤˜n°ÅžÄœ°œµ‡˜ ­Îµ®¦´Ÿ¼o­œÄ‹š¸É
‹³šÎµ„µ¦«¹„¬µ˜n°Åž
4) ¦µ¥„µ¦¦¦–µœ»„¦¤ ®¦º° ¦µ¥„µ¦Á°„­µ¦°oµŠ°·Š (Bibliography or References)
Áž}œ­nªœš¸É­Îµ‡´š¸É­»—­nªœ®œ¹ÉŠ š¸Éœ´„«¹„¬µ‹³˜o°ŠÂ­—Š™¹ŠÂ®¨nŠš¸É¤µ…°Š…o°¤¼¨
ª·›¸„µ¦ ®¨´„„µ¦ š§¬‘¸ ®¦º°š¦´¡¥r­·œšµŠž{µÄœ¨´„¬–³°ºÉœÇ š¸É™¼„®¥·¥„…¹Êœ
¤µ š´ÊŠœ¸Ê Á¡ºÉ°Áž}œ„µ¦Â­—Š‡ªµ¤¦·­»š›·Íċªnµ ŤnŗoœÎµŸ¨Šµœ…°Š‡œ°ºÉœ¤µÁž}œ
°Š˜œÁ°Š ®¦º°Áž}œ„µ¦žj°Š„´œ„µ¦¨³Á¤·—š¦´¡¥r­·œšµŠž{µ š´ÊŠš¸ÉÁ‹˜œµ
®¦º°Å¤nÁ‹˜œµ š´ÊŠœ¸Ê ¦µ¥¨³Á°¸¥—š¸ÉÁ„¸É¥ª…o°ŠÅ—o„¨nµª™¹Š¤µÂ¨oªÄœ š„µ¦°oµŠ°·Š
5) ¦µ¥„µ¦­·ÉŠ¡·¤¡rÁŸ¥Â¡¦n (List of Publications) ( ™oµ¤¸ ) š¸Éœ´„«¹„¬µÅ—oœÎµÁ­œ°˜n°
„µ¦ž¦³»¤šµŠª·µ„µ¦ (Proceedings) ®¦º°ÁŸ¥Â¡¦nĜªµ¦­µ¦ (Journal) ®¦º°­ºÉ°
(Media) °ºÉœÇ ×¥ÁŒ¡µ³°¥nµŠ¥·ÉŠ Ÿ¨Šµœš¸ÉÁž}œ­nªœ®œ¹ÉŠÄœÁŠºÉ°œÅ……°Š„µ¦­ÎµÁ¦È‹
„µ¦«¹„¬µ š´ÊŠœ¸Ê Ä®oÁ…¸¥œÁž}œ¦µ¥„µ¦­·ÉŠ¡·¤¡rÁŸ¥Â¡¦n ˜µ¤¦¼žÂ¤µ˜¦“µœ
Á—¸¥ª„´œ„´„µ¦°oµŠ°·Šš¸Éœ´„«¹„¬µÄoĜ®œ´Š­º°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r
24
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

5.1.3 ­nªœšoµ¥ (Back Section)
1) £µ‡Ÿœª„ (Appendix) Áž}œ­nªœ­Îµ‡´š¸ÉÁ„¸É¥ª…o°Š„´ÁœºÊ°®µ­µ¦³Äœ„µ¦šÎµŠµœ
ª·‹´¥ ®¦º°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r Ž¹ÉŠÅ¤nŗo°›·µ¥ÅªoĜ­nªœ…°ŠÁœºÊ°®µ ˜n˜o°Š„µ¦š¸É‹³Ä®o
Ÿ¼o°nµœ¦´š¦µ ®¦º°Áž}œ…o°¤¼¨š¸É‹ÎµÁž}œ˜o°ŠÄož¦³„°„µ¦°›·µ¥­nªœ…°Š
ÁœºÊ°®µ£µ¥ÄœÁœºÊ°Á¦ºÉ°Š Ánœ ¦µ¥¨³Á°¸¥—ªŠ‹¦Å¢¢jµ ަ„¦¤‡°¤¡·ªÁ˜°¦r ®¦º°
¦®´­˜oœšµŠ (Source Code) š¸Éŗo°°„®¦º°¡´•œµ…¹Êœ¤µ ˜µ¦µŠ‡nµ¤µ˜¦“µœ
o°¤¼¨ž¦·¤µ–¤µ„Ç š¸Éŗo¤µ‹µ„„µ¦«¹„¬µ‡oœ‡ªoµ ®¦º°Áž}œÁ°„­µ¦­Îµ‡´š¸Éčo
ž¦³„°„µ¦šÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›r Ánœ ­ÎµÁœµÁ°„­µ¦®µ¥µ„ (Rare Document)
¢°¦r¤ (Form) ­°™µ¤ (Questionaire) ­Îµ¦ª‹ (Inventory) 
˜¦ª‹­° (Check List) š—­° (Test) š¸ÉčoĜ„µ¦Á„ȝ¦ª¦ª¤…o°¤¼¨ ®¦º°
œµ¤µœ»„¦¤ (Directory) …°Š»‡‡¨š¸É°oµŠ™¹ŠÄœž¦·µœ·¡œ›r Áž}œ˜oœ
š´ÊŠœ¸Ê £µ‡Ÿœª„ °µ‹Â¥„°°„Áž}œ£µ‡Ÿœª„˜nµŠÇ ŗo®¨µ¥£µ‡ „¦–¸š¸É¤¸¤µ„„ªnµ 1
£µ‡ Ä®očo®´ª…o°ÄœÂ˜n¨³£µ‡Áž}œ £µ‡Ÿœª„ „ . £µ‡Ÿœª„ … . ¨³°ºÉœÇ
Á¦¸¥Š¨Îµ—´˜µ¤°´„¬¦ ­Îµ®¦´£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬„Èčo Appendix A., Appendix B., …
2) ž¦³ª´˜·Ÿ¼oÁ…¸¥œ (Curriculum Vitae ®¦º° Biography) Áž}œ¦µ¥„µ¦­¦»žž¦³ª´˜·
Ÿ¼oÁ…¸¥œ Ž¹ÉŠ‡ª¦¤¸­µ¦³­Îµ‡´ ŗo„n ºÉ° œµ¤­„»¨ ™oµ¤¸¥« ¦¦—µ«´„—·Í ¦µš·œœµ¤
­¤–«´„—·Í „ÈÄ®oÄ­nŪo—oª¥ ¡¦o°¤š´ÊŠª´œ / Á—º°œ / žeÁ„·— ( ®¦º° ¦³»ÁŒ¡µ³ Á—º°œ / žeÁ„·—
®¦º° žeÁ„·—°¥nµŠÁ—¸¥ª„Èŗo ®µ„Ťnž¦³­Š‡rÄ®oŸ¼o°ºÉœš¦µ ) ­™µœš¸ÉÁ„·— ž¦³ª´˜·
„µ¦«¹„¬µ š»œ„µ¦«¹„¬µš¸Éŗo¦´ ¦µ¥„µ¦Ÿ¨Šµœš¸Éŗo¦´„µ¦ÁŸ¥Â¡¦n Ž¹ÉŠÅ¤n‹Îµ„´—
ÁŒ¡µ³š¸ÉčoÁž}œ­nªœ®œ¹ÉŠ…°Š„µ¦­ÎµÁ¦È‹„µ¦«¹„¬µ ¡¦o°¤„´£µ¡™nµ¥®œoµ˜¦ŠÅ¤n
­ª¤®¤ª„®¦º°Âªnœ˜µ—ε …œµ— 40 u
50 ˜¦ .
¤¤ . ¨³ °µ‹¤¸­nªœ°ºÉœÇ Á¡·É¤Á˜·¤Å—o
°¸„ Ánœ ž¦³­„µ¦–r „µ¦ f„Šµœ „µ¦Å—o¦´¦µŠª´¨˜nµŠÇ Áž}œ˜oœ
š´ÊŠœ¸Ê ž¦³ª´˜·Ÿ¼oÁ…¸¥œ ­µ¤µ¦™Á…¸¥œ˜µ¤¦¼žÂš¸É´–”·˜ª·š¥µ¨´¥„ε®œ— ®¦º°°µ‹
Á…¸¥œÄ®o°¥¼nĜ¦¼žÂ ‡ªµ¤Á¦¸¥Š (Essay) „Èŗo ¡¦o°¤„´£µ¡™nµ¥Ÿ¼oÁ…¸¥œ ˜nŤn
‡ª¦¥µªÁ„·œ 1 ®œoµ„¦³—µ¬
5.2
š‡´—¥n° ®¦º° ­µ¦­´ŠÁ…ž (Abstract) Áž}œ„µ¦¦¦¥µ¥­¦»žÁ„¸É¥ª„´ÁœºÊ°®µ­µ¦³š´ÊŠ®¤—š¸É¦¦‹»°¥¼nĜ
®œ´Š­º°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r ×¥ž„˜· š‡´—¥n°‹³Á…¸¥œÁž}œÂ‡ªµ¤Á¦¸¥Š š¸É…¹Êœ˜oœ—oª¥„µ¦„¨nµª™¹Šš¸É¤µ
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
25

¨³ž{®µš¸É®¥·¥„…¹Êœ¤µšÎµ ª·›¸„µ¦Â„ož{®µš¸ÉœÎµÁ­œ° „µ¦Á„ȝ˜´ª°¥nµŠ®¦º°…o°¤¼¨ ª·›¸„µ¦š—­°
š—¨°Š‹œ„¦³š´ÉŠÅ—o…o°­¦»ž ªnµ„µ¦šÎµž¦·µœ·¡œ›rœ¸Ê ŗoŸ¨˜µ¤‡ªµ¤‡µ—®¤µ¥®¦º°Å¤n ¨³°¥nµŠÅ¦
š´ÊŠœ¸Ê Á¡ºÉ°ž¦³Ã¥œrĜ„µ¦¦ª¦ª¤¨ŠÄœ¦µ¥„µ¦š‡´—¥n°…¹ÊœÁž}œÁ¨n¤ ­Îµ®¦´„µ¦­º‡oœ…o°¤¼¨š¸É
˜o°Š„µ¦‡ªµ¤¨³Á°¸¥—¤µ„„ªnµºÉ°®´ª…o°Ášnµœ´Êœ ×¥š‡´—¥n°‡ª¦¤¸‡ªµ¤¥µªž¦³¤µ–‡¦¹ÉŠ®œoµ„¦³—µ¬
™¹Š®œ¹ÉŠ®œoµ„¦³—µ¬
5.3
„µ¦Á…¸¥œ‡ÎµÂž¨Â¨³‡Îµš´«´¡šr‹µ„£µ¬µ˜nµŠž¦³Áš« Ä®o°·Š‡Îµ«´¡šrš¸Éŗo´´˜·Åªo¨oªÄœ¡‹œµœ»„¦¤
Œ´¦µ´–”·˜¥­™µœ Œ´že¨nµ­»— ¨³š¸É„oŅÁ¡·É¤Á˜·¤¤µÁž}œ¦³¥³ ˜µ¤š¸É­µ¤µ¦™­º‡oœÅ—o‹µ„
ÁªÈÅŽ˜r…°Š¦µ´–”·˜¥­™µœ (http://www.royin.go.th) ­Îµ®¦´‡Îµ°ºÉœÇ š¸É¥´ŠÅ¤nŗo´´˜·Åªo „ÈÄ®očo
˜µ¤š¸ÉšµŠ¦µ„µ¦ ­¤µ‡¤ª·µ„µ¦ ®¦º°­¤µ‡¤ª·µ¸¡š¸ÉÁ„¸É¥ª…o°Š„ε®œ— Ánœ Á°„­µ¦š¸É°°„×¥
„¦¤„µ¦ž„‡¦°Š „¦³š¦ªŠ¤®µ—Åš¥ ®¦º° ®œ´Š­º°š¸É˜¸¡·¤¡rÁŸ¥Â¡¦n×¥ ­¤µ‡¤ª·«ª„¦¦¤­™µœÂ®nŠ
ž¦³Áš«Åš¥Äœ¡¦³¦¤¦µ¼ž™´¤£r ®¦º° ­Îµœ´„¤µ˜¦“µœ°»˜­µ®„¦¦¤ Áž}œ˜oœ ®¦º°Äo˜µ¤­¤´¥œ·¥¤
Áž}œ¨Îµ—´­»—šoµ¥
Ĝ„¦–¸š¸ÉŤn­µ¤µ¦™®µ‡Îµ«´¡šrš¸ÉÁ‡¥´´˜·Åªo¨oª¤µÄoŗo Ä®očoª·›¸„µ¦Á…¸¥œ‡Îµš´«´¡šrš¸ÉÁž}œ‡Îµ°nµœ
®¦º°‡ÎµÂž¨£µ¬µÅš¥ ¡¦o°¤„´ªŠÁ¨È£µ¬µ˜nµŠž¦³Áš«„ε„´Åªo ÁŒ¡µ³Äœ‡¦´ÊŠÂ¦„š¸É°oµŠ™¹Š«´¡šr‡Îµ
œ´Êœ ¨³‡¦´ÊŠ˜n°Ç Ş„È­µ¤µ¦™Äo‡Îµ£µ¬µÅš¥œ´ÊœÅ—oץŤn˜o°ŠªŠÁ¨È„ε„´°¸„ š´ÊŠœ¸Ê Ä®o—¼Á¡·É¤Á˜·¤‹µ„
®¨´„Á„–”r„µ¦š´«´¡šrš¸É„ε®œ—Ūo×¥¦µ´–”·˜¥­™µœ [http://www.royin.go.th/upload/246/
FileUpload/2371_6847.pdf]
­Îµ®¦´„µ¦Á…¸¥œ°´„¬¦¥n°Âšœ‡Îµ®¦º°ª¨¸ ®µ„Á…¸¥œž¦·µœ·¡œ›rÁž}œ£µ¬µÅš¥ „ÈÄ®oÁ…¸¥œ‡Îµš´«´¡šr
Áž}œ‡Îµ°nµœÃ—¥Å¤n˜o°Š¤¸‹»—‡´Éœ Ánœ °´„¬¦¥n° “VLSI” š¸É¥n°¤µ‹µ„‡Îµªnµ Very Large Scale Integrated
Circuits „ÈÁ…¸¥œÁž}œ “ ª¸Â°¨Á°­Å° ” ®¦º° ICU „ÈÁ…¸¥œÁž}œ Å°Ž¸¥¼ Áž}œ˜oœ ­Îµ®¦´„¦–¸š¸ÉÁ…¸¥œž¦·µ
œ·¡œ›rÁž}œ£µ¬µ˜nµŠž¦³Áš« „ÈÄ®očo˜µ¤¤µ˜¦“µœ„µ¦Á…¸¥œÄœ£µ¬µœ´ÊœÇ ®µ„Áž}œ°´„¬¦¥n°š¸Éčo
ÁŒ¡µ³ŠµœÂ¨³Å¤nÁž}œš¸É¡¦n®¨µ¥ „ÈÄ®oÁ…¸¥œ‡ÎµÁ˜È¤ÄœªŠÁ¨È„ε„´ÅªoĜ‡¦´ÊŠÂ¦„š¸Éčo°´„¬¦¥n°œ´Êœ
5.4
ĜšµŠª·š¥µ«µ­˜¦r „µ¦Á…¸¥œ°´„¬¦®¦º°­´¨´„¬–r­Îµ®¦´˜´ªÂž¦ (Varibles) Ä®očo °³„¬¦˜³ªÁ°¸¥Š Ánœ
¦Š—´œÅ¢¢jµ Áž}œ V ¨³ „¦³Â­Å¢¢jµ Áž}œ I Áž}œ˜oœ ­nªœ‡nµ‡Šš¸É (Constants) ¨³ ®œnª¥ (Units) Ä®o
čo °´„¬¦˜´ÊŠ˜¦Š Ánœ ‡nµ‡Šš¸É Áž}œ 135.0 ®¦º° 1.35
u
10 2
¨³ ‡ªµ¤¥µª Áž}œ P m Áž}œ˜oœ
26
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

5.5
×¥š´ÉªÅž „µ¦šÎµ—»¬‘¸œ·¡œr­Îµ®¦´„µ¦«¹„¬µ¦³—´ž¦·µÁ°„ ¨³„µ¦šÎµª·š¥µœ·¡œ›r­Îµ®¦´
„µ¦«¹„¬µ¦³—´ž¦·µÃš ×¥ÁŒ¡µ³°¥nµŠ¥·ÉŠ ®¨´„­¼˜¦š¸ÉÁœoœ„µ¦ª·‹´¥ (Research Oriented) ®¦º°Äœ
­µ…µª·µšµŠ—oµœª·š¥µ«µ­˜¦r ‹³Å¤nœ·¥¤šÎµ„µ¦«¹„¬µª·‹´¥Äœ¨´„¬–³ „¦–¸«¹„¬µ (Case Study)
ÁœºÉ°Š‹µ„Áž}œŠµœ š¸É¤¸¨´„¬–³Å¤n„n°Ä®oÁ„·—°Š‡r‡ªµ¤¦¼oÄ®¤n ¨³ ¤´„‹³Áž}œ„µ¦—εÁœ·œŠµœ˜µ¤
„¦³ªœ„µ¦Á—·¤ŽÊ뵂 Á¡¸¥ŠÂ˜nÁž¨¸É¥œ„¨»n¤˜´ª°¥nµŠ ®¦º°ž¦³Á£š…°Š„·‹„µ¦š¸ÉšÎµ„µ¦«¹„¬µ°¥¼nÁšnµœ´Êœ ˜n
Šµœª·‹´¥¦³—´ž¦·µÃšÄœµŠ­µ…µª·µ Ánœ šµŠ—oµœ¦·®µ¦›»¦„·‹š¸ÉÁœoœ„µ¦‡oœ‡ªoµÂ°·­¦³ œ·¥¤
šÎµ„µ¦«¹„¬µÄœ¨´„¬–³„¦–¸«¹„¬µ ÁœºÉ°Š‹µ„ž¦³Á—Èœž{®µÂ¨³ž¦³Á£š…°Š›»¦„·‹¤¸‡ªµ¤Â˜„˜nµŠ
®¨µ„®¨µ¥ ¨³Á„·—¦¼žÂÄ®¤nÇ ¡§˜·„¦¦¤…°Š»‡‡¨Â¨³­´Š‡¤„ÈÁž¨¸É¥œÂž¨ŠÅž˜µ¤„µ¨Áª¨µ
¨³Áš‡ÃœÃ¨¥¸ ª·›¸„µ¦Â„ož{®µ„È…¹Êœ°¥¼n„´ ª·›¸‡·— „µ¦˜´—­·œÄ‹ …o°Á­œ°Âœ³ Ÿ¨‹µ„„µ¦­Îµ¦ª‹
ž¦³Á¤·œ ¨³š§¬‘¸š¸Éčo­œ´­œ»œ ‹¹ŠšÎµÄ®oŸ¨š¸Éŗo¦´‹µ„„¦–¸«¹„¬µ¥´Š‡Š¤¸‡ªµ¤Â˜„˜nµŠ‹µ„Ÿ¨…°Š
„µ¦«¹„¬µÄœ°—¸˜°¥nµŠ¤¸œ´¥­Îµ‡´
—´Šœ´Êœ Á¡ºÉ°Áž}œÂœªšµŠ­Îµ®¦´œ´„«¹„¬µ š¸ÉšÎµ„µ¦«¹„¬µª·‹´¥Äœ¨´„¬–³…°Š„¦–¸«¹„¬µ ×¥ÁŒ¡µ³°¥nµŠ
¥·ÉŠ œ´„«¹„¬µÄœ­µ…µª·µšµŠ—oµœ¦·®µ¦›»¦„·‹ ¦µ¥Šµœ„µ¦‡oœ‡ªoµÂ°·­¦³š¸É—¸ ­nªœÁœºÊ°®µ (Body of
Text or Content Section) °¥nµŠœo°¥‡ª¦ž¦³„°—oª¥ÁœºÊ°®µ­µ¦³˜nµŠÇ —´Š˜n°Åžœ¸Ê
5.5.1) ­nªœœÎµ®¦º°šœÎµ š¸É°›·µ¥™¹Š ­µ¦­œÁš«¡ºÊœ“µœ (Basic Information) ®¨´„„µ¦Â¨³
Á®˜»Ÿ¨ (Rationales) š¸ÉÁž}œÁ®˜»ž{‹‹´¥­Îµ‡´…°Š«¹„¬µ°Š‡r„¦ ¨³ / ®¦º° ž¦³Á£š…°Š
›»¦„·‹œ´Êœ ¡¦o°¤š´ÊŠ„ε®œ— ª´˜™»ž¦³­Š‡r (Objectives) ž¦³Á—Èœ (Issues) ž{®µ
(Problems) ð„µ­ (Opportunities) ‡ªµ¤šoµšµ¥ (Challenge) ¨³Á‡oµÃ‡¦ŠÁ¦ºÉ°Šš¸É
œnµ­œÄ‹š¸ÉšÎµ„µ¦«¹„¬µ Ážjµž¦³­Š‡r®¦º°Ÿ¼o¦´„µ¦«¹„¬µ (Subjects) ª·›¸„µ¦Â¨³
„¦³ªœ„µ¦«¹„¬µ (Method and Process of Study) „¨»n¤˜´ª°¥nµŠ (Sample Groups)
š§¬‘¸š¸ÉÁ„¸É¥ª…o°ŠÂ¨³š¸Éčo­œ´­œ»œ „¦°Âœª‡·— (Concepts) „µ¦˜´—­·œÄ‹ (Decision)
Ážjµ®¤µ¥ (Goals) ¨³…°Á…˜…°Š„µ¦«¹„¬µ (Scope of Study) Ÿœ„µ¦—εÁœ·œŠµœ
(Study Plan) Ÿ¨š¸É‡µ—ªnµ‹³Å—o¦´ (Expected Outputs/Outcomes) ‹µ„„µ¦«¹„¬µ
5.5.2) ­nªœ¦µ¥¨³Á°¸¥—Á„¸É¥ª„´°Š‡r„¦Â¨³„·‹„µ¦ ×¥°µ‹Á¦·É¤˜oœ‹µ„„µ¦­Îµ¦ª‹ (Survey) „µ¦
­°­ªœ (Investigate) ¨³„µ¦‡oœ®µ (Search) ­µ¦­œÁš«Á„¸É¥ª„´°Š‡r„¦Â¨³ž¦³Á£š
°Š›»¦„·‹ ¨´„¬–³…°ŠŸ¼oœÎµ°Š‡r„¦ (CEO: Chief Executive Officer) ‡ªµ¤Á®Èœ­nªœ
»‡‡¨ (Personal Opinions) ®¦º°‹µ„­nªœš¸ÉÁ„¸É¥ª…o°Š š¸É­—ŠÄ®oÁ®Èœ™¹Šž¦³Á—Ȝ¨³
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
27

¦µ¥¨³Á°¸¥—…°Šž{®µ ¡¦o°¤š´ÊŠ¤¸„µ¦­Îµ¦ª‹Â¨³ššªœÁ°„­µ¦ (Paper Survey and
Review) ­œ´­œ»œ š´ÊŠœ¸Ê „µ¦«¹„¬µ‡ª¦Å—o¦´®œ´Š­º°¥·œ¥°¤‹µ„Á‹oµ…°Š°Š‡r„¦®¦º°
„·‹„µ¦Äœ„µ¦Á„ȝ…o°¤¼¨œ´Êœ—oª¥
5.5.3) ­nªœ„µ¦—εÁœ·œ„µ¦«¹„¬µª·‹´¥˜µ¤ÂŸœš¸ÉªµŠÅªo°¥nµŠÁž}œ¦³ ¦³Á¸¥ ¤¸ª·œ´¥ ¨³
‹¦¦¥µ¦¦–Äœ„µ¦«¹„¬µ ¡¦o°¤š´ÊŠ¦µ¥Šµœ™¹Šž{®µÂ¨³°»ž­¦¦‡š¸É¡Äœ¦³®ªnµŠ„µ¦
—εÁœ·œŠµœ ª·›¸„µ¦Â„ož{®µš¸É¡ ¦µ¥¨³Á°¸¥—°ºÉœš¸Éŗo¦´‹µ„„µ¦«¹„¬µ
5.5.4) ­nªœ­¦»žŸ¨„µ¦—εÁœ·œŠµœ ¡¦o°¤„´Á­œ°‡ªµ¤Á®Èœ š´ÊŠÄœÁ·Šš§¬‘¸ ®¨´„„µ¦ ®¦º°
œªž’·´˜· Á¡ºÉ°„µ¦Â„ož{®µ ®¦º°Á¡ºÉ°¡´•œµ­´Š‡¤ »¤œ ®¦º°„·‹„µ¦ š¸ÉŗošÎµ„µ¦«¹„¬µ
5.5.5) ­nªœ„µ¦œÎµÅžÄož¦³Ã¥œr ¨³ / ®¦º° „µ¦ÁŸ¥Â¡¦n­¼n­µ›µ¦–³ š¸ÉÁœoœž¦³Ã¥œrš¸ÉÁ„·—„n
­µ›µ¦–³ ­´Š‡¤ ®¦º°°Š‡r„¦£µ‡›»¦„·‹ š¸É­nŠŸ¨˜n°„µ¦Áž¨¸É¥œÂž¨ŠœÃ¥µ¥£µ‡¦´“®¦º°
Á°„œ šÎµÄ®oÁ„·—„µ¦¡´•œµ ž¦´ž¦»Š ®¦º°Áž¨¸É¥œÂž¨Š Ánœ Á„·—„µ¦Â„oŅ„‘®¤µ¥ „µ¦
¡´•œµ°Š‡r„¦Ä®o„oµª®œoµ°¥nµŠ˜n°ÁœºÉ°Š Á„·—„µ¦¡´•œµŠµœ—oµœª·µ„µ¦®¦º°Á„·—°Š‡r
‡ªµ¤¦¼o®¦º°š§¬‘¸Ä®¤n ‹œ­µ¤µ¦™œÎµ¤µÄoĜ„µ¦Á¦¸¥œ„µ¦­°œ ®¦º° ĜÁ·Š¡µ–·¥r š¸É
œÎµÅž­¼n­·ÉŠž¦³—·¬“r (Invention) ®¦º°Ÿ¨·˜£´–”r (Product) š¸É„n°Ä®oÁ„·—¦µ¥Å—o „µ¦šÎµÄ®o
Á„·—¤¼¨‡nµÁ¡·É¤ (Value Added) Ĝ˜´ª­·œ‡oµ „µ¦¨—˜oœš»œ„µ¦Ÿ¨·˜ (Cost Reduction) ®¦º°
Áž}œ„µ¦Á¡·É¤¡¼œž¦³­·š›·£µ¡ (Efficiency) Ĝ„¦³ªœ„µ¦Ÿ¨·˜ Áž}œ˜oœ ¡¦o°¤„´„µ¦
ÁŸ¥Â¡¦n‡ªµ¤¦¼o°°„­¼n­µ›µ¦–³ (Publication) Ánœ „µ¦˜¸¡·¤¡rÁŸ¥Â¡¦nŸ¨ŠµœÄœ
¦³—´µ˜·®¦º°œµœµµ˜· š¸É°¥¼nĜ“µœ…o°¤¼¨ Case Clearing House š¸É¤¸Ÿ¼oš¦Š‡»–ª»•·
„¨´Éœ„¦°Š (Peer Reviewer) Ánœ ECCH ®¦º° Ivy Áž}œ˜oœ
š´ÊŠœ¸Ê „µ¦«¹„¬µª·‹´¥Äœ¨´„¬–³„¦–¸«¹„¬µ Ä®oœ´„«¹„¬µ—εÁœ·œŠµœ ¨³ ‹´—šÎµ¦µ¥Šµœ„µ¦‡oœ‡ªoµÂ
°·­¦³ ˜µ¤¦³Á¸¥ ÂŸœ ª·›¸ž’·´˜· ¨³¤µ˜¦“µœ š¸É„ε®œ—ŪoĜ˜n¨³­µ…µª·µœ´Êœ
28
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

6
œ°„‹µ„­nªœ…°ŠÁœºÊ°®µ˜nµŠÇ š¸Éœ´Å—oªnµÁž}œ­nªœ­Îµ‡´š¸É­»—š¸Éž¦µ„’°¥¼nĜ®œ´Š­º°ª·š¥µœ·¡œ›r¨oª
„µ¦‹´—¦¼žÁ¨n¤Â¨³„µ¦¡·¤¡r„ÈÁž}œ­·ÉŠ­Îµ‡´Å¤nœo°¥Åž„ªnµÁœºÊ°®µš¸É¦¦‹»°¥¼n£µ¥Äœ š´ÊŠœ¸Ê Á¡ºÉ°Ä®oÁ„·—
‡ªµ¤œnµ°nµœ Ž¹ÉŠž¦³„°—oª¥ ‡ªµ¤­ª¥Šµ¤ ‡ªµ¤­³—ª„ ¨³Šnµ¥­Îµ®¦´Ÿ¼o°nµœ ×¥ÁŒ¡µ³°¥nµŠ¥·ÉŠ
­Îµ®¦´„¦¦¤„µ¦­° š¸ÉŤn˜o°ŠÄo‡ªµ¤¡¥µ¥µ¤Äœ„µ¦°nµœ¤µ„œ´„
š´ÊŠœ¸Ê ¦¼žÂ„µ¦¡·¤¡r®œoµ˜nµŠÇ ŗo­—Š—oª¥£µ¡Åªo¨oªÄœ £µ‡Ÿœª„ „ …°Š®œ´Š­º°Á¨n¤œ´Êœ
6.1
„¦³—µ¬š¸ÉčoĜ„µ¦¡·¤¡r®œ´Š­º°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›rÁž}œ„¦³—µ¬­¸…µª …œµ—¤µ˜¦“µœ A4 ®¦º° …œµ—
210 × 297 ˜¦ .
¤¤ . (8.25 x 11.75 ˜¦ .
œ·Êª ) „¦–¸š¸É¡·¤¡r®œoµÁ—¸¥ª Ä®očo‡ªµ¤®œµÂœnœ Ťnœo°¥„ªnµ 70
„¦¤ (g/m 2 , „¦´¤˜n°˜µ¦µŠÁ¤˜¦ ) ¨³™oµ¡·¤¡r­°Š®œoµ Ä®očo‡ªµ¤®œµÂœnœ Ťnœo°¥„ªnµ 80 „¦¤
×¥ÁœºÊ°š¸É„µ¦¡·¤¡r„ε®œ—Ä®o°¥¼n£µ¥Äœ„¦°š¸É¤¸¦³¥³®nµŠ (Margin) ‹µ„…°„¦³—µ¬—oµœ˜nµŠÇ Á¡ºÉ°
‡ªµ¤Á®¤µ³­¤Äœ„µ¦Á¥È­´œ ˜´—…° ¨³Á…oµž„Äœ£µ¥®¨´Š —´Š˜n°Åžœ¸Ê
6.1.1 —oµœœ ®nµŠ‹µ„…°„¦³—µ¬ 25 ¤¤ . ¥„Áªoœ®œoµÂ¦„…°Šš ®¦º°µŠ®œoµš¸É„ε®œ—Ūo
Áž}œ 35 ¤¤ .
6.1.2 —oµœ¨nµŠ ®nµŠ‹µ„…°„¦³—µ¬ 35 ¤¤ . ¥„Áªoœ Á¨…®œoµ (Page Number) Ä®o¡·¤¡r –
˜ÎµÂ®œnŠ„¹ÉŠ„¨µŠ—oµœ¨nµŠ…°Š¡ºÊœš¸É¡·¤¡r ®nµŠ‹µ„…°„¦³—µ¬—oµœ¨nµŠ 25 ¤¤ .
6.1.3 —oµœš¸ÉÁ…oµ­´œ (Book Spine) ®nµŠ‹µ„…°„¦³—µ¬ 35 ¤¤ .
6.1.4 —oµœ˜¦Š…oµ¤„´—oµœš¸ÉÁ…oµ­´œ ®nµŠ‹µ„…°„¦³—µ¬ 25 ¤¤ .
6.2
°´„¬¦š¸ÉčoĜ„µ¦¡·¤¡rž¦·µœ·¡œ›r „¦–¸š¸ÉÁž}œ£µ¬µÅš¥ Ä®očo°´„¬¦®¦º°¢°œ˜r Angsana
ž„˜· (Regular) ®¦º° ˜´ÊŠ˜¦Š (Upright) ¦³¥³¦¦š´— (Line Spacing) Ášnµ„´ 1 ®¦º° Single
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
29

­nªœ£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬ Ä®očo°´„¬¦®¦º°¢°œ˜r Times New Roman ž„˜·®¦º°˜´ÊŠ˜¦Š ¨³Äo¦³¥³
¦¦š´— Ášnµ„´ 1.5
Ĝ­nªœÁœºÊ°Á¦ºÉ°Šž„˜·š´ÉªÅž £µ¬µÅš¥Äo¢°œ˜r˜´ÊŠ˜¦Š…œµ— 16 ‹»— (Point) ­nªœ£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬Äo
¢°œ˜r˜´ÊŠ˜¦Š…œµ— 12 ‹»— Ž¹ÉŠ˜n°Åž°µ‹Á…¸¥œÂ¥n°Ç Áž}œ R16/12P ®¤µ¥™¹Š °´„¬¦ž„˜·®¦º°˜´ÊŠ
˜¦Š (Regular) £µ¬µÅš¥…œµ— 16 ‹»— (Point) £µ¬µ°´Š„§¬…œµ— 12 ‹»— ¥„ÁªoœµŠ­nªœš¸É„ε®œ—Ūo
Áž}œ°¥nµŠ°ºÉœ š´ÊŠœ¸Ê Á¡ºÉ°‡ªµ¤­ª¥Šµ¤ ­³—»—˜µ ¨³­µ¥˜µ Ĝ„µ¦°nµœ Ž¹ÉŠ„ε®œ—Ūo—´Š˜n°Åžœ¸Ê
6.2.1 ºÉ°®´ª…o°š¸É®œoµž„ (Front Cover) ¨³ ºÉ°®´ª…o°š¸Éž„Äœ (Inner Cover Page) £µ¬µÅš¥
čo®œµ…œµ— 24 ‹»— ­nªœ£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬Äo®œµ…œµ— 16 ‹»— ®¦º° B24/16P ­nªœ
°ºÉœÇ Ĝ­°Š®œoµœ¸Ê £µ¬µÅš¥Äo®œµ…œµ— 20 ‹»— £µ¬µ°´Š„§¬Äo®œµ…œµ—
14 ‹»— ®¦º° B20/14P ®¦º°°µ‹ž¦´¨—…œµ—°´„¬¦¨ŠÅ—oÁ¨È„œo°¥˜µ¤‡ªµ¤Á®¤µ³­¤
6.2.2 ºÉ°®´ª…o°š¸É®œoµ®´ª…o° (Title Page) čo¢°œ˜r B20/14P ­nªœ°ºÉœÄœ®œoµœ¸ÊÁž}œ B16/12P
®¦º°°µ‹ž¦´¨—…œµ—°´„¬¦¨ŠÅ—oÁ¨È„œo°¥˜µ¤‡ªµ¤Á®¤µ³­¤
6.2.3 ­nªœ°ºÉœÇ Ä®o¡·‹µ¦–µ‹µ„£µ¡ž¦³„°Äœ£µ‡Ÿœª„ „ .
š´ÊŠœ¸Ê ÁœºÉ°Š‹µ„¦µ¥¨³Á°¸¥—Äœ„µ¦„ε®œ—¢°œ˜r  ¨³…œµ— Ĝ­nªœ˜nµŠÇ œ´Êœ ¤¸¦µ¥¨³Á°¸¥—¨³
‹»„‹·„¤µ„ ®µ„‹³°›·µ¥—oª¥˜´ª®œ´Š­º°š´ÊŠ®¤— „È‹³Á­¸¥Áª¨µÂ¨³°nµœÁ…oµÄ‹¥µ„ —´Šœ´Êœ ‹¹Š…°Ä®o
œ´„«¹„¬µ¡·‹µ¦–µ‹µ„¦¼žÂ„µ¦¡·¤¡rĜ®œoµ˜nµŠÇ —´Šš¸É­—Š—oª¥£µ¡Â¨³‡Îµ°›·µ¥Ä˜o£µ¡ ˜µ¤š¸É
ž¦µ„’Äœ £µ‡Ÿœª„ „ .
œ°„‹µ„œ¸Ê Á¡ºÉ°Áž}œ„µ¦Áœoœ®¦º°Ä®o‡ªµ¤­Îµ‡´ …o°‡ªµ¤µŠ˜°œ ®¦º° ‡ÎµµŠ‡Îµ Ánœ ‡ÎµÂž¨ ®¦º° ‡Îµ
š´«´¡šr š¸Éčo‡¦´ÊŠÂ¦„¨³¤¸ªŠÁ¨È£µ¬µ°ºÉœ„´„´°¥¼n—oª¥ Ÿ¼oÁ…¸¥œ­µ¤µ¦™Äo¢°œ˜r Á°¸¥Š ®¦º°
®œµ ®¦º° …¸—Á­oœÄ˜o „Èŗo ¨³®µ„čo®œ¹ÉŠÂÄ— „ȇª¦Äoœ´ÊœÅžÃ—¥˜¨°— ®¦º°
®µ„‹³Äo®¨µ¥Â „ȇª¦¤¸¤µ˜¦“µœ„ε®œ—Ūoªnµ „µ¦Äoš¸É˜„˜nµŠ„´œœ´Êœ­ºÉ°‡ªµ¤®¤µ¥š¸É
˜„˜nµŠ„´œ°¥nµŠÅ¦ Ánœ °³„¬¦ÂÁ°¸¥Š ­—Š™¹Š ‡ÎµÂž¨ ®¦º°‡Îµš´«´¡šr š¸É¤µ‹µ„£µ¬µ°ºÉœ ­nªœ
°´„¬¦Â®œµ ­—Š™¹Š «´¡šrÁŒ¡µ³ªŠ„µ¦ Áž}œ˜oœ
6.3
¥n°®œoµ (Paragraph) ®¤µ¥™¹Š …o°‡ªµ¤˜°œ®œ¹ÉŠ ¤´„ž¦³„°—oª¥ž¦³Ã¥‡®¨µ¥ž¦³Ã¥‡ š¸É¤¸
‡ªµ¤­´¤¡´œ›r„´œ ×¥š´ÉªÅž ¥n°®œoµ®œ¹ÉŠÄo­—ŠÄ‹‡ªµ¤­Îµ‡´…°ŠÁ¦ºÉ°ŠÄ—Á¦ºÉ°Š®œ¹ÉŠ „µ¦Á¦·É¤¥n°®œoµ
Ä®¤n (New Paragraph) ¤´„Áž}œ„µ¦Á¦·É¤Ä‹‡ªµ¤­Îµ‡´Ä®¤n š´ÊŠœ¸Ê ÁœºÊ°®µ£µ¥Äœ¥n°®œoµ®œ¹ÉŠ °µ‹¦ª¤Åž
™¹Š¦¼ž£µ¡®¦º°˜µ¦µŠš¸É¦¦‹»°¥¼nĜ¥n°®œoµÁ—¸¥ª„´œœ´Êœ—oª¥
30
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

„µ¦‹´— ¦¼žÂ¥n°®œoµ (Paragraph Formats) £µ¥Ä˜o ަ„¦¤ž¦³¤ª¨‡Îµ (Word Processor) Áž}œ„µ¦
‹´—Á¦¸¥Š…o°‡ªµ¤£µ¥Äœ¥n°®œoµœ´Êœ Ä®o°¥¼nĜ¦¼žÂ˜µ¤š¸É„ε®œ— Ž¹ÉŠ‹³Á„¸É¥ª…o°Š„´ ¦³¥³¦¦š´—
(Line Spacing) ¦³¥³¥n°®œoµ (Paragraph Spacing) „µ¦‹´—Âœª (Alignment) „µ¦ÂšÈ (Tab) „µ¦Á¥ºÊ°Š
(Indentation) ¨³„µ¦Ä­n ‹»—œÎµ (Bullet) ®¦º° Á¨…®¤µ¥ (Numbering) Ä®o„n ®´ª…o°¥n°¥ (Subtopics)
6.4
¦³¥³¦¦š´— (Line Spacing) £µ¥Äœ¥n°®œoµÁ—¸¥ª„´œ ™oµÁž}œ£µ¬µÅš¥Ä®očo¦³¥³¦¦š´— Ášnµ„´ 1
®¦º° Single ­nªœ£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬Äo¦³¥³¦¦š´— Ášnµ„´ 1.5 ¦¦š´—
¦³¥³¥n°®œoµ (Paragraph Spacing) ®¦º°¦³¥³¦³®ªnµŠ¥n°®œoµ ™oµÁž}œ£µ¬µÅš¥Ä®očo ¦³¥³¥n°®œoµ Áž}œ
1.5 ¦¦š´— ®¦º° ™oµÁž}œ£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬ Áž}œ 2 ¦¦š´—
š´ÊŠœ¸Ê œ´„«¹„¬µ­µ¤µ¦™„ε®œ—Ä®oަ„¦¤ž¦³¤ª¨‡ÎµšÎµ„µ¦‹´—¥n°®œoµÄ®o×¥°´˜Ãœ¤´˜·Å—o ×¥„µ¦
Á…oµÅž„ε®œ—š¸É˜´ªÁ¨º°„ Paragraph ¨oªÁ¨º°„š¸É Spacing -> Before Áž}œ 12 ‹»— ( Ž¹ÉŠ®¤µ¥™¹Š„µ¦Áªoœ
¦³¥³„n°œ¥n°®œoµ 12 ‹»— ) ¨³ Á¨º°„š¸É Line Spacing „¦–¸£µ¬µÅš¥ Áž}œ Single ¨³„¦–¸£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬
Áž}œ 1.5 lines „È‹³Ä®oŸ¨¨´¡›rš¸ÉĄ¨oÁ‡¸¥Š„´œ
ĜµŠ„¦–¸ ¦³¥³¥n°®œoµ—´Šš¸É„ε®œ—ŪoÁž}œ 12 ‹»— °µ‹šÎµÄ®o—¼Å¤n„¦³´­ª¥Šµ¤ ×¥ÁŒ¡µ³°¥nµŠ¥·ÉŠ
„¦–¸š¸É¥n°®œoµ­»—šoµ¥Äœ®œoµœ´Êœ™¼„ž{—Åž…¹Êœ®œoµÄ®¤n „È‹³šÎµÄ®o­nªœšoµ¥…°Š®œoµœ´Êœ—¼Ã¨nŠÁ„·œÅž
®¦º° „¦–¸š¸É®œoµœ´Êœž¦³„°—oª¥¦µ¥„µ¦®´ª…o°¥n°¥š¸Éž¦³„°—oª¥…o°‡ªµ¤­´ÊœÇ ®¨µ¥…o°Á¦¸¥Š
˜n°ÁœºÉ°Š„´œ „È‹³šÎµÄ®o­nªœœ´Êœ—¼Ã®¦ŠÁ®¦Š š´ÊŠœ¸Ê œ´„«¹„¬µ­µ¤µ¦™ž¦´ ¦´¥´„n°œ¥n°®œoµ (Before
Paragraph Spacing) Ä®o¨—¨ŠÅ—o˜µ¤‡ªµ¤Á®¤µ³­¤Â¨³­ª¥Šµ¤ Ánœ ¨—¦³¥³„n°œ¥n°®œoµ…°Š¥n°
®œoµÄœ®œoµš¸É™¼„ž{—Åž…¹Êœ®œoµÄ®¤n¨Š Áž}œ 6 ‹»— „È‹³šÎµÄ®o 2 ¦¦š´—¦„…°Š¥n°®œoµœ´ÊœÁ¨ºÉ°œ
„¨´¤µ°¥¼nĜ®œoµÁ—·¤ ®¦º° ¨—¦³¥³„n°œ¥n°®œoµ…°Š„¨»n¤®´ª…o°¥n°¥ Áž}œ 6 ‹»— 3 ‹»— ®¦º° 0 ‹»— ¨oªÂ˜n
„¦–¸ Á¡ºÉ°šÎµÄ®o„¨»n¤®´ª…o°¥n°¥œ´Êœ—¼Å¤nÁ®¦Š —´Š˜´ª°¥nµŠ‹¦·Šš¸Éž¦µ„’Äœ®œoµ 21 …°Š®œ´Š­º°‡¼n¤º°
œ¸Ê „¨»n¤…°Š®´ª…o°¥n°¥Á®¨nµœ´Êœ čo¦³¥³„n°œ¥n°®œoµ Áž}œ 0 ‹»— ¥„Áªoœ®´ª…o°¥n°¥Â¦„ š¸É¥´Š‡ŠÄo¦³¥³
„n°œ¥n°®œoµÁž}œ 12 ‹»—
6.5
Á¦ºÉ°Š­Îµ‡´°¸„Á¦ºÉ°Š®œ¹ÉŠ š¸Éœ´„«¹„¬µ®¨µ¥‡œ°µ‹Å¤n‡n°¥Å—oÄ­nċ ‡º° „µ¦Áªoœª¦¦‡˜°œ (Punctuation)
®¦º° „µ¦Áªoœn°ŠÅ¢ (Spacing or Gap) Ž¹ÉŠµŠ‡œÁ…oµÄ‹ªnµ £µ¥Äœ®œ¹ÉŠž¦³Ã¥‡…°Š£µ¬µÅš¥ Ťn¤¸„µ¦
Áªoœª¦¦‡˜°œ Ž¹ÉŠš¸É‹¦·ŠÂ¨oª ¦µ´–”·˜¥­™µœÅ—o„ε®œ—®¨´„Á„–”r„µ¦Áªoœª¦¦‡Åªo Ánœ ž¦³Ã¥‡­´Êœ
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
31

Ä®oÁ…¸¥œ˜·—„´œ ˜n™oµž¦³Ã¥‡¥µª­µ¤µ¦™Áªoœª¦¦–„n°œ…¹Êœ‡ÎµÁºÉ°¤˜nµŠÇ ŗo š´ÊŠœ¸Ê Á¡ºÉ°Å¤nšÎµÄ®o
ž¦³Ã¥‡—¼˜·—„´œ¤µ„Á„·œÅž ­µ¥˜µÄœ„µ¦°nµœ ¨³Á¡ºÉ°‡ªµ¤Á…oµÄ‹š¸É—¸…¹Êœ ÁœºÉ°Š‹µ„„µ¦Å¤nÁªoœª¦¦‡
®¦º° „µ¦Áªoœª¦¦‡Å¤n™¼„˜o°Š ­µ¤µ¦™šÎµÄ®oŸ¼o°nµœ˜¸‡ªµ¤®¤µ¥Å¤n˜¦Š˜µ¤Á‹˜œµ¦¤–r…°ŠŸ¼oÁ…¸¥œÅ—o
š´ÊŠœ¸Ê œ´„«¹„¬µ­µ¤µ¦™ÄoÁ‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥ª¦¦‡˜°œÂ¨³Á‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥°ºÉœÇ ž¦³„°°¥¼nĜž¦³Ã¥‡˜nµŠÇ
ŗo ×¥¥¹—®¨´„Á„–”r˜µ¤š¸É„ε®œ—×¥¦µ´–”·˜¥­™µœ Ž¹ÉŠ¤¸„¦–¸š¸É˜o°ŠÁªoœª¦¦‡ ª¦¦‡Ä®n
®¦º° ª¦¦‡Á¨È„ ¨³ „¦–¸š¸ÉŤn¤¸„µ¦Áªoœª¦¦‡
œ°„‹µ„œ¸Ê œ´„«¹„¬µµŠ‡œ°Áªoœª¦¦‡—oª¥„µ¦Á‡µ³š¸É ‡µœÁ‡µ´ (Spacebar) ®¨µ¥‡¦´ÊŠ˜·—˜n°„´œ
×¥ÁŒ¡µ³°¥nµŠ¥·ÉŠ „µ¦Á¥ºÊ°Š (Indention) ®¦º° „µ¦Á¨ºÉ°œÅž¥´Š ‹»—˜´ÊŠ¦³¥³ (Tab) Á¡ºÉ°¡·¤¡r‡Îµ˜n°Åž –
˜ÎµÂ®œnŠš¸É˜o°Š„µ¦ ®¦º° ¤o„¦³š´ÉŠ„µ¦Áªoœª¦¦‡Â˜n¨³‡¦´ÊŠ„È°µ‹˜·—œ·­´¥Á‡µ³­°Š‡¦´ÊŠÁ­¤° Ž¹ÉŠª·›¸„µ¦
—´Š„¨nµª „n°Ä®oÁ„·—‡ªµ¤­·ÊœÁž¨º°Š®œnª¥‡ªµ¤‹ÎµÄœ‡°¤¡·ªÁ˜°¦r ¨³¥´Š­¦oµŠ‡ªµ¤¥»nŠ¥µ„Äœ„µ¦‹´—
o°‡ªµ¤Äœ®œoµ„¦³—µ¬ ®¦º° „µ¦˜³—‡Îµ (Word Seperation) ץަ„¦¤ž¦³¤ª¨‡Îµ Ž¹ÉŠ„µ¦Á‡µ³
Áªoœª¦¦‡®¨µ¥‡¦´ÊŠœ´Êœ œ·¥¤Äo„´œÄœ Á‡¦ºÉ°Š¡·¤¡r—¸— (Typewriter) ¥»‡„n°œ‡°¤¡·ªÁ˜°¦r ˜nž{‹‹»´œœ¸Ê¤¸
ަ„¦¤ž¦³¤ª¨‡Îµ š¸É­µ¤µ¦™„ε®œ— ¦¼žÂ¥n°®œoµ ŗo°¥nµŠ¨³Á°¸¥—¨³Â¤nœ¥Îµ ץŤn
‹ÎµÁž}œ˜o°ŠÄoª·›¸„µ¦Á‡µ³Áªoœª¦¦‡®¨µ¥‡¦´ÊŠ Á¡¦µ³š»„‡¦´ÊŠš¸ÉÁ‡µ³Áªoœª¦¦‡®œ¹ÉŠª¦¦‡ „È‹³®¤µ¥™¹Š
„µ¦Äo®œnª¥‡ªµ¤‹Îµ…°Š‡°¤¡·ªÁ˜°¦r®œ¹ÉŠ®œnª¥Á­¤°
—´ÊŠœ´Êœ „µ¦Áªoœª¦¦‡Â˜n¨³‡¦´ÊŠ„ȇª¦Á‡µ³Áªoœª¦¦‡Á¡¸¥ŠÁ‡µ³Á—¸¥ª ¨³„µ¦Á¥ºÊ°Š¥n°®œoµ„È­µ¤µ¦™Äo
ª·›¸„µ¦˜´ÊŠ¦³¥³œ ™Å¤o¦¦š´— (Ruler Ribbon) ®¦º° Á…oµÅž„ε®œ—š¸É˜´ªÁ¨º°„ Paragraph „Èŗo ­nªœ
„µ¦Á¨ºÉ°œÅž¥´Š‹»—˜´ÊŠ¦³¥³Ä—Ç „È­µ¤µ¦™Äoª·›¸„µ¦Á‡µ³š¸Éžjœ¡·¤¡r šȝ (Tab) Á¡¸¥Š‡¦´ÊŠÁ—¸¥ª ¦nª¤„´
„µ¦„ε®œ—‹»—˜´ÊŠ¦³¥³œÂ™Å¤o¦¦š´—Ánœ„´œ Ž¹ÉŠ¤¸Ä®oÁ¨º°„čo®¨µ¥Â Ánœ šȝŽoµ¥ (Left Tab)
šȝ…ªµ (Right Tab) šȝ„¹ÉŠ„¨µŠ (Center Tab) ®¦º° šȝš«œ·¥¤ (Decimal Tab) Áž}œ˜oœ Ž¹ÉŠ„µ¦Äo
ª·›¸„µ¦—´Š„¨nµªÂšœ„µ¦Á‡µ³Áªoœª¦¦‡®¨µ¥‡¦´ÊŠ nª¥¨—‡ªµ¤˜o°Š„µ¦®œnª¥‡ªµ¤‹Îµœ‡°¤¡·ªÁ˜°¦r
¨ŠÅ—o ¨³¥´Šnª¥Ä®o „µ¦˜´—‡Îµ ®¦º° „µ¦‹´—¦¼ž®œoµ„¦³—µ¬ ­µ¤µ¦™šÎµÅ—o—¸„ªnµ„µ¦Á‡µ³®¨µ¥‡¦´ÊŠ
—´Šš¸É ­Îµœ´„Šµœ¡´•œµª·š¥µ«µ­˜¦r¨³Áš‡ÃœÃ¨¥¸Â®nŠµ˜· ŗoÁ­œ°Âœ³Åªo [http://stks.or.th/th/ knowledge-bank/28-library-science/2980-spacing.html] Ž¹ÉŠ°µ‹Å¤n­°—‡¨o°Š„´Á„–”r„µ¦Áªoœª¦¦‡
Ä®nš¸É¦µ´–”·˜¥­™µœ„ε®œ—
6.6
„µ¦‹´—Âœª (Alignment) Áž}œ„µ¦‹´—Âœª„µ¦¡·¤¡r…o°‡ªµ¤Ä®o­ª¥Šµ¤ °¥¼nĜœªÁ—¸¥ª„´œ˜µ¤š¸É
˜o°Š„µ¦ Ánœ Á­¤°Žoµ¥ (Left Align) Áž}œ„µ¦‹´—…o°‡ªµ¤—oµœŽoµ¥Ä®oÁ­¤°°¥¼nĜœª˜¦Š„´œ ×¥
—oµœ…ªµÅ¤n‹ÎµÁž}œ˜o°ŠÁ­¤°„´œ Á­¤°…ªµ (Right Align) „È‹³Áž}œ„µ¦Á­¤°—oµœ…ªµ ×¥—oµœŽoµ¥
32
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

Ťn‹ÎµÁž}œ˜o°ŠÁ­¤°„´œ „¹ÉŠ„¨µŠ (Center) Áž}œ„µ¦‹´—…o°‡ªµ¤ÄœÂ˜n¨³¦¦š´—Ä®o°¥¼n„¹ÉŠ„¨µŠ
®œoµ„¦³—µ¬ „¦´‹µ¥Žoµ¥…ªµ (Justify) Áž}œ„µ¦„¦³‹µ¥®¦º°ÁŒ¨¸É¥…o°‡ªµ¤ÄœÂ˜n¨³¦¦š´—Ä®o
Á­¤°š´ÊŠ—oµœŽoµ¥Â¨³…ªµ ×¥„µ¦ž¦´…œµ—n°ŠÁªoœª¦¦‡¦³®ªnµŠ‡Îµ˜nµŠÇ ¥„Áªoœ¦¦š´—­»—šoµ¥…°Š
¥n°®œoµœ´Êœ ‹³…¹Êœ°¥¼n„´‡ªµ¤¥µª…°Š…o°‡ªµ¤š¸É¤¸°¥¼n ®¦º° „¦´‹µ¥£µ¬µÅš¥ (Thai Distributed)
Áž}œ„µ¦„¦³‹µ¥…o°‡ªµ¤£µ¬µÅš¥ÄœÂ˜n¨³¦¦š´—Ä®oÁ­¤°š´ÊŠ—oµœŽoµ¥Â¨³…ªµ ×¥„µ¦ž¦´…œµ—
n°ŠÁªoœª¦¦‡¦³®ªnµŠ‡ÎµÂ¨³n°ŠÅ¢¦³®ªnµŠ°´„¬¦š¸É°¥¼n˜·—„´œ Ž¹ÉŠ‹³Áž}œ„µ¦„¦³‹µ¥…o°‡ªµ¤£µ¬µÅš¥
ŗo­ª¥Šµ¤„ªnµ„µ¦Äo„¦³‹µ¥Žoµ¥…ªµ (Justify) ž„˜·
Ĝ„µ¦¡·¤¡r®œ´Š­º°ž¦·µœ·¡œ›r ­Îµ®¦´„µ¦¡·¤¡r…o°‡ªµ¤Äœ­nªœ…°ŠÁœºÊ°®µž„˜·š´ÉªÅžÄ®o‹´—Âœª
„µ¦¡·¤¡r „¦´‹µ¥£µ¬µÅš¥ ®¦º° „¦´‹µ¥Žoµ¥…ªµ „Èŗo š´ÊŠœ¸Ê …¹Êœ°¥¼n„´£µ¬µš¸ÉčoĜ„µ¦¡·¤¡r
¨³‡ªµ¤­ª¥Šµ¤ ¥„Áªoœ­nªœ…¹Êœ˜oœ…°Šš ŗo„n šš¸É … ¨³ ºÉ°®´ª…o°ž¦³‹Îµš ­nªœ®´ª…o°
ž¦³‹Îµ­nªœ®¦º°£µ‡˜nµŠÇ £µ¡Â¨³‡Îµ¦¦¥µ¥Ä˜o£µ¡ ˜µ¦µŠÂ¨³‡Îµ¦¦¥µ¥Á®œº°˜µ¦µŠ Ä®o‹´—Âœª
„µ¦¡·¤¡rÁž}œ „¹ÉŠ„¨µŠ ®œoµ„¦³—µ¬
œ°„‹µ„„µ¦‹´—Âœª„µ¦¡·¤¡r¨oª Ĝ„µ¦¡·¤¡r¥´Š¤¸ „µ¦‹³—„µ¦Á¥ºÊ°Š (Indentation) …°Š…o°‡ªµ¤ÄœÂ
˜nµŠÇ Á¦¸¥„ªnµ „µ¦Á¥ºÊ°Š (Indention Styles) ץš¸Éœ·¥¤Äo„´œš´ÉªÅž ŗo„n
Áªoµ ®¦º° Á¥ºÊ°Š…ªµ (Indented Style) š¸É…o°‡ªµ¤ÁŒ¡µ³¦¦š´—¦„…°Š¥n°®œoµ
Á¦·É¤˜oœÁ¥ºÊ°ŠÅž—oµœ…ªµ‹µ„…o°‡ªµ¤Äœ¦¦š´—˜n°Ç Ş ( —´ŠÂ­—Š—oª¥˜´ª°¥nµŠÄœ¥n°®œoµœ¸Ê )
¨È°„ ®¦º° Á­¤° (Block Style) Áž}œ„µ¦‹´—…o°‡ªµ¤š»„¦¦š´—Äœ¥n°®œoµÁ—¸¥ª„´œ Ä®o
Á¦·É¤˜oœ—oµœŽoµ¥ÄœÂœªÁ—¸¥ª„´œš´ÊŠ®¤— ( —´ŠÂ­—Š—oª¥˜´ª°¥nµŠÄœ¥n°®œoµœ¸Ê )
Â…ªœ ®¦º° Á¥ºÊ°ŠŽoµ¥ (Hanging Style) š¸É…o°‡ªµ¤ÁŒ¡µ³¦¦š´—¦„Á¦·É¤˜oœÁ¥ºÊ°ŠÅž
—oµœŽoµ¥‹µ„…o°‡ªµ¤Äœ¦¦š´—°ºÉœÇ ˜n°Åž ( —´ŠÂ­—Š—oª¥˜´ª°¥nµŠÄœ¥n°®œoµœ¸Ê )
š´ÊŠœ¸Ê Ĝ„µ¦¡·¤¡rÁœºÊ°®µš´ÉªÅž œ´„«¹„¬µ­µ¤µ¦™Á¨º°„čo ¨È°„ ®¦º° Áªoµ „Èŗo ×¥„µ¦ÁªoµÂ˜n
¨³´ÊœÄ®o¤¸¦³¥³Áªoµ¨¹„Á…oµÅžšµŠ—oµœ…ªµ´Êœ¨³ 10 ¤¤ .
Ĝ„¦–¸š¸ÉÁ¨º°„„µ¦Á¥ºÊ°Š ¨È°„ ( —´Šš¸Éčo°¥¼nĜ®œ´Š­º°‡¼n¤º°œ¸Ê ) ®¦º°„¨nµª‡º° ¥n°®œoµ´ÊœÂ¦„
„È‹³°¥¼n·—„´…°—oµœŽoµ¥…°Š„¦°„µ¦¡·¤¡r ®¦º°Å¤n¤¸„µ¦Áªoµœ´ÉœÁ°Š ¨³¥n°®œoµ´Êœ˜n°Ç Ş
„È‹³¤¸„µ¦Áªoµ¨¹„Á…oµÅžšµŠ…ªµ¤º°´Êœ¨³ 10 ¤¤ . ( —´Š¥n°®œoµœ¸Ê Á¤ºÉ°Áš¸¥„´¥n°®œoµ„n°œ®œoµœ¸Ê )
˜n™oµ¥n°®œoµ´Êœ™´—Åžœ´Êœ¤¸Á¨…®´ª…o°¥n°¥—oª¥ „È‹³Äo„µ¦‹´—¥n°®œoµ Â…ªœ ץĮo˜´ªÁ¨
®´ª…o°¥n°¥œ´Êœ°¥¼nĜ¦³—´š¸É¨¹„Á…oµÅž˜µ¤¨Îµ—´´Êœ ­nªœÁœºÊ°®µš¸É°¥¼n£µ¥Äœ®´ª…o°¥n°¥œ´Êœ „È‹³
°¥¼n¨¹„Á…oµÅžšµŠ…ªµ°¸„ 10 ¤¤ . ‹µ„˜´ªÁ¨…˜´ªÂ¦„ —´ŠÂ­—Š˜´ª°¥nµŠ ®´ª…o°¥n°¥ÂÂ…ªœ —´Šœ¸Ê
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
33

1.1.1 ……………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………
­Îµ®¦´„¦–¸š¸ÉÁ¨º°„čo„µ¦¡·¤¡rÁªoµ (Indented Style) ¦¦š´—¦„…°Š¥n°®œoµ´ÊœÂ¦„ (First
Level Indention) ‹³Á¥ºÊ°ŠÅžšµŠ…ªµ 10 ¤¤ . ( —´Š˜´ª°¥nµŠ¥n°®œoµœ¸Ê ) ¨³
¥n°®œoµ´Êœš¸É­°Š (Second Level Indention) „È‹³¡·¤¡r¦¦š´—¦„…°Š¥n°®œoµ š¸É¦³¥³
Á¥ºÊ°ŠÅžšµŠ…ªµÁž}œ 20 ¤¤ . ( —´Š˜´ª°¥nµŠ¥n°®œoµœ¸Ê ) ¨³
¥n°®œoµ´Êœ˜n°Ç Ş°¸„ „È‹³¡·¤¡r¦¦š´—¦„…°Š¥n°š¸É¦³¥³Á¥ºÊ°ŠÅžšµŠ…ªµÁž}œ 30
¤¤ . ( —´Š˜´ª°¥nµŠ¥n°®œoµœ¸Ê ) 40 ¤¤ . … ˜µ¤¨Îµ—´
|……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
š´ÊŠœ¸Ê ˜´ª°¥nµŠ„µ¦¡·¤¡r¨È°„ ¨³ÂÁ¥ºÊ°Š ŗo­—ŠÅªoĜ £µ‡Ÿœª„ „
6.7
­Îµ®¦´„µ¦‹´—ªµŠ˜µ¦µŠÂ¨³£µ¡ Ä®o‹´—ªµŠ – ˜ÎµÂ®œnŠ„¹ÉŠ„¨µŠ (Center) ¦³®ªnµŠ—oµœŽoµ¥Â¨³…ªµ
¨³‡ª¦°¥¼n˜n°‹µ„¥n°®œoµ š¸É„¨nµª™¹Š£µ¡®¦º°˜µ¦µŠœ´Êœš´œš¸ ˜n™oµ®µ„Ťn­µ¤µ¦™‹´—¨ŠÄœ®œoµ
Á—¸¥ª„´œÅ—o „ÈÄ®o‹´—ªµŠ¨ŠÄœ®œoµ™´—Åž ¨³‡ª¦Ä®o·—…°œ…°Š®œoµ„¦³—µ¬™´—Åž
„¦–¸š¸ÉÁž}œ˜µ¦µŠ Ä®oÁ…¸¥œ‡Îµªnµ ˜µ¦µŠš¸É … ¡¦o°¤‡Îµ¦¦¥µ¥˜µ¦µŠ – ˜ÎµÂ®œnŠÁ®œº°˜µ¦µŠœ´Êœ „n°œš¸É
‹³¨Š˜µ¦µŠÁž}œ¨Îµ—´™´—Åžš´œš¸ ­nªœ„¦–¸š¸ÉÁž}œ£µ¡ Ä®oÁ…¸¥œ‡Îµªnµ £µ¡š¸É … ¡¦o°¤‡Îµ¦¦¥µ¥£µ¡ š¸É
Ęo£µ¡œ´Êœš´œš¸ š´ÊŠœ¸Ê ‡Îµ¦¦¥µ¥Á®œº°˜µ¦µŠ„´˜µ¦µŠ ¨³ £µ¡„´‡Îµ¦¦¥µ¥Ä˜o£µ¡ ˜o°Š°¥¼n—oª¥„´œ
¨³˜n°ÁœºÉ°Š„´œÅžÄœ®œoµÁ—¸¥ª„´œ
°¥nµŠÅ¦„È—¸ „µ¦œÎµÁ­œ°˜µ¦µŠÂ¨³£µ¡ °µ‹¦ª¦ª¤Áž}œ„¨»n¤…°Š˜µ¦µŠ ¨³„¨»n¤…°Š£µ¡ Ūo—oª¥„´œ
– š¸É®œ¹ÉŠš¸ÉėĜ®œ´Š­º°„Èŗo Á¡ºÉ°‡ªµ¤­³—ª„­Îµ®¦´Ÿ¼o°nµœš¸É­µ¤µ¦™¡·‹µ¦–µÁž¦¸¥Áš¸¥£µ¡
Á®¨nµœ´ÊœÅ—o¡¦o°¤Ç „´œ Ánœ Ūoš¸É­nªœšoµ¥š…°ŠÂ˜n¨³š ®¦º° °¥¼nĜ£µ‡Ÿœª„ Áž}œ˜oœ
6.8
„µ¦¡·¤¡r‡Îµ®¦º°…o°‡ªµ¤ÄœªŠÁ¨È (…) ®¦º° ĜÁ‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥°´ž¦³„µ« “…” ®¦º°Á‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥‡Îµ¡¼—
œ´Êœ Ä®o¡·¤¡r…o°‡ªµ¤®¨´ŠÁ‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥Ážd—š´œš¸ ץŤn¤¸Áªoœª¦¦‡ ¨³Ä®o¡·¤¡rÁ‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥žd—š´œš¸š¸É
­·Êœ­»—…o°‡ªµ¤ ץŤn¤¸Áªoœª¦¦‡Ánœ„´œ Ánœ … (Dissertation) … ®¦º° … “ —»¬‘¸œ·¡œ›r ” … Ťn‡ª¦
34
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

Á…¸¥œÁž}œ … ( Dissertation ) … ®¦º° … “ —»¬‘¸œ·¡œ›r ” … š´ÊŠœ¸Ê Á¡ºÉ°‡ªµ¤Áž}œ¤µ˜¦“µœš¸Éœ·¥¤Äo„´œ
š´ÉªÅž ×¥ÁŒ¡µ³°¥nµŠ¥·ÉŠÄœ¦³£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬ ¨³¥´ŠÁž}œ„µ¦žj°Š„´œÅ¤nÄ®o ަ„¦¤˜´—‡Îµ (Word
Separation) šÎµ„µ¦˜´—°´„¬¦Á®¨nµ¡·Á«¬œ´ÊœÅž…¹Êœ˜oœ¦¦š´—Ä®¤n Ž¹ÉŠ‹³šÎµÄ®o—¼Å¤n­ª¥Šµ¤ ­Îµ®¦´
Á‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥ ¥´˜·£´Š‡r “-” š¸É‡´Éœ°¥¼n¦³®ªnµŠ‡ÎµÁºÉ°¤­°Š‡Îµ „ÈÄ®oÁ…¸¥œ˜·—˜n°„´œÅž ץŤn˜o°Š¤¸„µ¦Áªoœ
ª¦¦‡¦³®ªnµŠ‡ÎµÁºÉ°¤š´ÊŠ­°Š„´Á‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥ ¥´˜·£´Š‡r Ánœ … Micro-processor … Ťn‡ª¦Á…¸¥œÁž}œ …
Micro - processor … Áž}œ˜oœ ­nªœ°´„¬¦®¦º°Á‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥¡·Á«¬°ºÉœÇ Ánœ ‹»¨£µ‡ “,” °´•£µ‡ “;”
šª·£µ‡ “:” ¨³ ¤®´¡£µ‡®¦º°‹»— “.” Ä®o¡·¤¡r˜n°šoµ¥‡Îµ®¦º°…o°‡ªµ¤š´œš¸Ã—¥Å¤n˜o°Š¤¸Áªoœª¦¦‡‡´Éœ
¨oª‹¹ŠÁªoœª¦¦‡®¨´Š°´„¬¦®¦º°Á‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥¡·Á«¬Á¡¸¥Š®œ¹ÉŠª¦¦‡Ášnµœ´Êœ ¨oª‹¹Š…¹Êœ…o°‡ªµ¤Ä®¤n Ánœ
… 1, 2, 3 ¨³ 4 … Ťn‡ª¦Á…¸¥œÁž}œ … 1 , 2 , 3 ¨³ 4 …
­Îµ®¦´Äœ¦³£µ¬µÅš¥ ¦µ´–”·˜¥­™µœ„ε®œ—Ä®oÁªoœª¦¦‡Á¨È„ š´ÊŠ„n°œÂ¨³®¨´ŠÁ‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥
ަ¥µ¨Ä®n “ ²¨² ” Ťo¥¤„ “ Ç ” Á­¤°£µ‡®¦º°Ášnµ„´ “=” šª·£µ‡ “:” ª·£´£µ‡ “:-” ¨³Á‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥
ª„ “+” Ánœ “… ˜nµŠ Ç œµœµ …” ®¦º° “… œÊ嘵¨ œÊ垨µ ²¨² …” ­nªœÁ‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥ ަ¥µ¨œo°¥
“ ² ” š¸Éčo¨³…o°‡ªµ¤­nªœšoµ¥š¸ÉÁž}œš¸É¦¼o‹´„„´œš´ÉªÅžÂ¨oªœ´Êœ Ä®oÁ…¸¥œ˜·—„´…o°‡ªµ¤…o°‡ªµ¤­nªœœoµ
¨oª‹¹ŠÁªoœª¦¦‡®¨´ŠÁ‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥Åž¦¥µ¨œo°¥ Ánœ “… „¦»ŠÁš¡² Áž}œÁ¤º°Š …” Áž}œ˜oœ
°¥nµŠÅ¦„È—¸ „µ¦ž’·´˜·˜µ¤®¨´„Á„–”rš¸É„ε®œ—×¥¦µ´–”·˜œ´Êœ ­nŠŸ¨˜n°„µ¦˜´—‡ÎµÃ—¥Ãž¦Â„¦¤
‡°¤¡·ªÁ˜°¦r Ž¹ÉŠ¤´„‹³¡°´„¬¦¡·Á«¬Á®¨nµœ¸Êޞ¦µ„’Áž}œ°´„¬¦Â¦„Äœ¦¦š´—Ä®¤n Á„·—‡ªµ¤Å¤n
Á®¤µ³­¤­ª¥Šµ¤ š¸ÉŸ¼oÁ…¸¥œ‹³˜o°Š¡·‹µ¦–µ…¥´‡Îµ˜nµŠÇ ×¥°µ‹Áªoœª¦¦‡Á¡·É¤Á˜·¤Á…oµÅžÄœ¦¦š´—
„n°œ®œoµ ‹œ„ªnµ„µ¦˜´—‡Îµ‹³­¤¼¦–r¨³­ª¥Šµ¤ Ž¹ÉŠÄœšµŠž’·´˜·­Îµ®¦´„µ¦Á…¸¥œž¦·µœ·¡œ›r
°œ»Ã¨¤Ä®oÁ…¸¥œ°´„¬¦¡·Á«¬µŠ˜´ª Ánœ Ťo¥¤„ “ Ç ” ®¦º° šª·£µ‡ “:” ˜·—„´…o°‡ªµ¤„n°œ®œoµÃ—¥Å¤n
¤¸Áªoœª¦¦‡ ¨oª‹¹ŠÁªoœª¦¦‡®¨´Š°´„¬¦¡·Á«¬Á®¨nµœ´Êœ ÁnœÁ—¸¥ª„´Äœ¦³£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬ š´ÊŠœ¸Ê Á¡ºÉ°
‡ªµ¤­¤¼¦–r…°Š„µ¦˜´—‡ÎµÃ—¥°´˜Ãœ¤´˜·
œ°„‹µ„œ¸Ê „µ¦Á…¸¥œ°´„¬¦¡·Á«¬ÄœšµŠ‡–·˜«µ­˜¦r Ánœ Á‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥ Ášnµ„´ ª„ ¨ ‡¼– ¨³®µ¦
×¥ÁŒ¡µ³°¥nµŠ¥·ÉŠ Ĝ­¤„µ¦˜nµŠÇ œ·¥¤Á…¸¥œÃ—¥Å¤n¤¸Áªoœª¦¦‡š´ÊŠ„n°œÂ¨³®¨´ŠÁ‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥Á®¨nµœ´Êœ
Ánœ ( a b ) u ( a b ) a 2 b 2 š´ÊŠœ¸Ê ĜšµŠž’·´˜· Ÿ¼oÁ…¸¥œ­µ¤µ¦™Äo¢{Š„r´œ¡·Á«¬šÎµ„µ¦ š¦„
(Insert) ­¤„µ¦ (Equation) Á…oµÅžÄœÁœºÊ°Á¦ºÉ°ŠÅ—o ץަ„¦¤‹´—„µ¦­¤„µ¦ (Equation Editor) ‹³‹´—
n°ŠÅ¢¦³®ªnµŠ°´„¬¦˜nµŠÇ Ĝ­¤„µ¦Ä®o—¼­ª¥Šµ¤„ªnµ„µ¦¡·¤¡rץčoަ„¦¤ž¦³¤ª¨‡Îµž„˜·
6.9
„µ¦¨Îµ—³®œoµ (Pagination) Ä®oÁ¦·É¤˜oœš¸É­nªœ®œoµ ˜´ÊŠÂ˜n ®œoµ®³ª…o° (Title Page) Áž}œ˜oœÅž ×¥Á¦¸¥Š
˜µ¤¨Îµ—´°´„¬¦ ™oµÁž}œ£µ¬µÅš¥ Ä®očo°´„¬¦Åš¥ „ … ‡ … ˜µ¤¨Îµ—´ š´ÊŠœ¸Ê Ä®oÁªoœ°´„¬¦ † ¨³ ˆ
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
35

­nªœ„¦–¸£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬ ­µ¤µ¦™Äo„µ¦Á¦¸¥Š¨Îµ—´˜µ¤Á¨…椴œ ‡º° i, ii, iii, iv, … ®¦º°Äo„µ¦
Á¦¸¥Š¨Îµ—´˜µ¤°´„¬¦Äœ£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬ ‡º° a, b, c, … „Èŗo
­Îµ®¦´„µ¦¨Îµ—´®œoµÄœ­nªœÁœºÊ°®µ (Body of Text) Ş‹œ™¹Š­nªœšoµ¥ (Back Matter) Ä®očo„µ¦Á¦¸¥Š
Á¨…®œoµ˜µ¤¨Îµ—´ Á¨…°µ¦µ·„ (Arabic Number) ‡º° 1, 2, 3, … ×¥Á¦·É¤˜´ÊŠÂ˜n®œoµÂ¦„…°Š šš¸É 1
Áž}œ˜oœÅž ‹œ„¦³š´ÉŠ™¹Š®œoµ­»—šoµ¥…°Šž¦³ª´˜·Ÿ¼oÁ…¸¥œ
Ĝ„¦–¸š¸É¡·¤¡rš´ÊŠ­°Š®œoµ (Both Side Printing) „µ¦¨Îµ—´Á¨…®œoµ‹³œ´®œoµšµŠ…ªµ¤º°Áž}œ
®œoµ‡¸É (Odd Page) ¨³®œoµš¸É°¥¼nŽoµ¥¤º°Áž}œ ®œoµ‡¼n (Even Page) š´ÊŠœ¸Ê ®œoµÂ¦„…°Šš˜nµŠÇ
„ε®œ—Ä®oÁ¦·É¤š¸É®œoµ‡¸É (Odd Page) Á­¤° ®µ„®œoµ­»—šoµ¥…°Šš„n°œ®œoµ˜„°¥¼nš¸É®œoµ‡¸É „ÈÄ®oÁªoœªnµŠ
®œoµ™´—ÅžŽ¹ÉŠÁž}œ®œoµ‡¼n ¨oª‹¹ŠÁ¦·É¤šÄ®¤nš¸É®œoµ‡¸ÉÁ­¤°
6.10
š´ÊŠœ¸Ê ž¦·µœ·¡œ›rš¸É—¸˜o°Š¡·¤¡rÄ®o°¥¼nĜ¦¼žÂš¸É‡ŠÁ­oœ‡ŠªµÂ¨³­¤ÉεÁ­¤° (Consistency and
Uniformity) ˜¨°—š´ÊŠÁ¨n¤ Ánœ „µ¦°oµŠ°·Šš¸ÉÁž}œ¦³Á—¸¥ª„´œ „µ¦¡·¤¡r«´¡šr£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬ÄœªŠÁ¨È ™oµ
čo°´„¬¦˜oœÁž}œ˜´ª¡·¤¡rÄ®n „ÈÄ®očo®¨´„„µ¦Á—¸¥ª„´„µ¦¡·¤¡rºÉ°®´ª…o° Ánœ (Thesis) ®¦º° (Body of
Text) ¨³®µ„čoÁž}œ˜´ª¡·¤¡rÁ¨È„š´ÊŠ‡Îµ Ánœ (thesis) „ÈÄ®očo¦¼žÂÁ—¸¥ª„´œ˜¨°—š´ÊŠÁ¨n¤
„µ¦Äo‡Îµ«´¡šr®¦º°‡Îµš´«´¡šr „ÈÄ®oÁ®¤º°œ„´œÃ—¥˜¨°—š´ÊŠÁ¨n¤ Ťn‡ª¦Äo‡ÎµÂž¨Â¨³‡Îµš´«´¡šr
­¨´„´œÅž¤µ Ánœ µŠ˜°œÄo‡Îµªnµ šµŠÁ…oµ Ĝ…–³š¸ÉµŠ˜°œÄo‡Îµªnµ °·œ¡»˜ š´ÊŠš¸É¤µ‹µ„
£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬ Input ‡ÎµÁ—¸¥ª„´œ š´ÊŠœ¸Ê Ä®oÁ¨º°„čo‡ÎµÄ—‡Îµ®œ¹ÉŠ˜¨°—š´ÊŠÁ¨n¤ Áž}œ˜oœ
36
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

›¸¦¡Š«r ›œ­»š›·¡·š´„¬r “ ‡¼n¤º°„µ¦Á…¸¥œª·š¥µœ·¡œ›r 2545” ´–”·˜ª·š¥µ¨´¥ ¤®µª·š¥µ¨´¥Á¸¥ŠÄ®¤n ¡ .
« .
2545
´–”·˜ª·š¥µ¨´¥ ¤®µª·š¥µ¨´¥Á¸¥ŠÄ®¤n “ ‡¼n¤º°„µ¦Á…¸¥œª·š¥µœ·¡œ›r¨³„µ¦‡oœ‡ªoµÂ°·­¦³ ” ´–”·˜
ª·š¥µ¨´¥ ¤®µª·š¥µ¨´¥Á¸¥ŠÄ®¤n ¡ .
« . 2551
¦µ´–”·˜¥­™µœ “ ¡‹œµœ»„¦¤Œ´¦µ´–”·˜¥­™µœ ” ¡ .
« . 2545
¦µ´–”·˜¥­™µœ “ ºÉ°‹´Š®ª´— Á…˜ °ÎµÁ£° ” Å¢¨r http://www.royin.go.th/upload/246/FileUpload/
1723_5812.pdf ª´œš¸É­º‡oœ 12 ¤·™»œµ¥œ 2557
¦µ´–”·˜¥­™µœ “ ºÉ°ž¦³Áš« ” Å¢¨r http://www.royin.go.th/upload/246/FileUpload/419_1494.pdf
ª´œš¸É­º‡oœ 12 ¤·™»œµ¥œ 2557
¦µ´–”·˜¥­™µœ “ ®¨´„Á„–”r„µ¦ÄoÁ‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥ª¦¦‡˜°œÂ¨³Á‡¦ºÉ°Š®¤µ¥°ºÉœÇ ” Å¢¨r http://www. textnova.com/remark.pdf ª´œš¸É­º‡oœ 12 ¤·™»œµ¥œ 2557
¦µ´–”·˜­™µœ “ ®¨´„Á„–”r„µ¦š´«´¡šr£µ¬µ°´Š„§¬ ” Å¢¨r http://www.royin.go.th/upload/246/
FileUpload/2371_6847.pdf ª´œš¸É­º‡oœ 12 ¤·™»œµ¥œ 2557
¦µ´–”·˜­™µœ “ ®¨´„Á„–”r„µ¦™°—°´„¬¦Åš¥Áž}œ°´„¬¦Ã¦¤´œÂ™nµ¥Á­¸¥Š ” Å¢¨r http://www. royin.go.th/upload/246/FileUpload/416_2157.pdf ª´œš¸É­º‡oœ 12 ¤·™»œµ¥œ 2557
­Îµœ´„Šµœ¡´•œµª·š¥µ«µ­˜¦r¨³Áš‡ÃœÃ¨¥¸Â®nŠµ˜· “ „µ¦Áªoœª¦¦‡ ®œ¹ÉŠÁ‡µ³ ®¦º° ­°ŠÁ‡µ³ ‡·—Ä®¤n
šÎµÄ®¤n„´œ®¦º°¥´Š ” ÁªÈÁ¡‹ http://stks.or.th/th/knowledge-bank/28-library-science/2980spacing.html ª´œš¸É­º‡oœ 12 ¤·™»œµ¥œ 2557
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
37

38
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
39

40
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

50 mm.
(All Words on this page are in UPPERCASE) Frame for Print Area
40 mm.
Equal Spacing
... DISSERTATION / THESIS / I.S. TITLE ...
... SECOND LINE OF TITLE (if needed) ...
40 mm.
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
(Bold Font Th/En = 24/16)
Second line should be shorter than the first line
1
(Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
1
2
... NAME and SURNAME ...
Equal Spacing
... DEGREE TITLE ...
3
(Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
1
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
Equal Spacing
(Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
1
GRADUATE SCHOOL
CHIANG MAI UNIVERSITY
... MONTH and YEAR ...
5
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
35 mm.
Standard Cover Size (216 x 305 sq.mm. or 8.50 x 12.00 sq.in.)
For Dissertation and Thesis, Front Cover must be Black Hardcover (Hardback or ž„Â…ÈŠ ) with Gold Printed Characters
3
1
For Independent Study Report, Front Cover must be White Softcover (Paperback or ž„°n°œ ) with Blue Printed Characters
(Font Th/En) is Font Size for Thai (1-Line Spacing Angsana New or UPC) or English (1.5-Line Spacing Times New Roman)
2 NAME and SURNAME of the Author may include Middle Name, but without any title, rank, position, etc.
4
DEGREE TITLE for example: DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY, MASTER OF ENGINEERING, etc., ž¦´µ—»¬‘¸´–”·˜ ²¨²
MAJOR or FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION for example: ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING, BIOLOGY, ­µ…µª·µ£¼¤·«µ­˜¦r
5 MONTH and YEAR for example: OCTOBER 2014, ˜»¨µ‡¤ 2557
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
41

20 mm.
... DISSERT
ATION / TH
ESIS / I.S. T
ITLE ...
... SECOND
LINE OF TI
TLE (if neede d) ...
... NAME an d SURNAME
...
Center of the
Book
... DEGREE
TITLE ...
F SPECIALI
IN ... MAJOR
or FIELD O
ZATION ...
GRADUATE
CHIANG M
... MONTH a
SCHOOL
AI UNIVERS
ITY nd YEAR ...
20 mm.
Standard Cover Size (216 x 305 sq.mm. or 8.50 x 12.00 sq.in.)
Book Spine is composed of three parts of printing. All texts are Center Alligned between Front Cover and Back Cover
First part is NAME and SURNAME of the author without any title starting at 20 mm. from the top edge of the book spine
Second part is one or two lines of the Title which is Horizontally and Vertically Center Aligned
Third part is the Abbreviation of the Degree followed by the Year of granting without comma “,” in between
The third part is Right Aligned at 20 mm. from the bottom edge of the book spine
All Fonts are Bold in Thai or English up to the language used. Font Size is adjustable to the thickness of the book spine
42
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

35 mm.
50 mm.
... DISSERTATION / THESIS / I.S. TITLE ...
... SECOND LINE OF TITLE (if needed) ...
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
25 mm.
Equal Spacing
(Bold Font Th/En = 24/16)
Second line should be shorter than the first line
(Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
... NAME and SURNAME ...
Equal Spacing
(Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
... DEGREE TITLE ...
IN ... MAJOR or FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION ...
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
Equal Spacing
(Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
GRADUATE SCHOOL
CHIANG MAI UNIVERSITY
... MONTH and YEAR ...
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
35 mm.
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm. or 8.25 x 11.75 sq.in.)
Wordings and Font Sizes on the Inner Cover Page are similar to of the Front Cover, but printed with black ink
(Laser Printer is Preferable) on white A4-standard paper sheet (210 x 297 sq.mm. or 8.25 x 11.75 sq.in.)
Thesis/IS may be written in Thai mixing with English or English Only. In case of Thai with English, Single Line Spacing
Angsana New or Angsana UPC Font is used. For English only, 1.5-Line Spacing Time New Roman Font is used instead
Normally, Thesis/IS is printed on Sigle-Side Paper Sheets, but may be printed on Double-Side Paper Sheets depending on the Thickness of the Book, say 250 pages or more
For Single-Side Printing, 80 gram Paper Density is used. For Double-Side Printing, the Paper Density should be 100 gram
However, Front Matter, from Inner Cover Page to Abstract in English, should be printed on Single-Side Paper Sheets
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
43

50 mm.
35 mm.
Equal Spacing
... DISSERTATION / THESIS / I.S. TITLE ...
... SECOND LINE OF TITLE (if needed) ...
25 mm.
(Bolded Font Th/En = 20/14)
Second line should be shorter than the first line
(Bold Font Th/En = 16/12)
... NAME and SURNAME ...
Equal Spacing
(Bold Font Th/En = 16/12)
A THESIS SUBMITTED TO CHIANG MAI UNIVERSITY IN PARTIAL FULFILLMENT OF
THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF
... DEGREE TITLE ...
IN ... MAJOR or FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION ...
Equal Spacing
(Bold Font Th/En = 16/12)
35 mm.
GRADUATE SCHOOL, CHIANG MAI UNIVERSITY
... MONTH and YEAR ...
a
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
Words on this Title Page are similar to of the Inner Cover Page but font sizes are propotionally reduced as specified above
This Title Page is ordered as the First Page of the Front Matter by using Running Page Alphabets/Numbers placed at the center of the print area with 25 mm. above the lower edge of the paper sheet
English Alphabets “a”, “b”, “c”, ... or Roman Number “i”, “ii”, “iii”, ... can optionally be used for English Writing Thesis
Thai Charecters “ „ ”, “ … ”, “ ‡ ”, ... is used for Thai Writing Thesis
44
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

35 mm.
35 mm.
Th/En = 3/4 Line Spacing
... DISSERTATION / THESIS / I.S. TITLE ...
... SECOND LINE OF TITLE (if needed) ...
... NAME and SURNAME ...
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Th/En = 3/4 Line Spacing
25 mm.
(Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
Th/En = 3/4 Line Spacing
THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF
... DEGREE TITLE ...
IN ... MAJOR or FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION ...
(Bold Font Th/En = 16/12)
Examination Committee:
Th/En = 2/3 Line Spacing
.................................................... Chairman
(..................................................)
Th/En = 2/3 Line Spacing
.................................................... Member
(..................................................)
Th/En = 2/3 Line Spacing
.................................................... Member
(..................................................)
Th/En = 2/3 Line Spacing
.................................................... Member
(..................................................)
Th/En = 2/3 Line Spacing
.................................................... Member
(..................................................)
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Advisor / Advisory Committee:
(Bold Font Th/En = 16/12)
.................................................... Advisor
(..................................................)
.................................................... Co-advisor
(..................................................)
.................................................... Co-advisor
(..................................................)
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
35 mm.
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
... DATE and MONTH and YEAR ...
Copyright
© by Chiang Mai University b
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
Font Size for Dissertation/Thesis / I.S. Title on this Approval Page is 20 point and Bold for Thai (Angsana New) or 14 point and Bold for English (Times New Roman)
Academic Position and/or Titles of Examiners and Theis Advisor (if alone) or Theis Advisory Committee should be included, e.g., Professor (or Prof.), Associate Professor (or Assc. Prof.), Assistant Professor (or Asst. Prof.) and/or Dr.
The lowest part comprises Date, Month and Year of Examination as indicated in the Examination Committee Appointment
Order/Letter issued by the Graduate School and Statement of Assertion to claim the Copyright
This page is ordered as the second page of the Front Matter which it should be page “b” or “ii” for English or “ … ” for Thai
Page Alphabet/Number is at the center of print area with 25 mm. above the lower edge of the paper sheet
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
45

35 mm.
80 mm.
To
... (Whom I would like to
Dedicate to) ...
(Bold and Italic Font Th/En = 24/16)
25 mm.
c
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
Dedication Page is Optional and placed next after the Title Page
It can be one or multiple lines of words dedicated to one(s) who beloved, inspiring or supporting the author
in order to make the Thesis successful
If available, the Dedication Page is ordered as the third page of the Front Matter and should be page “c” or “iii” for English or “ ‡ ” for Thai
46
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

35 mm.
(UPPERCASE Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
35 mm.
25 mm.
Th/En = 3/4 Line Spacing
10 mm. Indention
(if printed in Indented
Style)
10 mm. Indention
(if printed in Indented
Style)
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
Th/En = 3/5 Line Spacing
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
... Name and Surname of the Author ...
d
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
Acknowledgement Page is for expressing the Author’s Appreciation to anybody or for recognizing people or institutions who did help the author doing research and/or writing Thesis/Independent Study
Statement of Acknowledgement may be one or more Paragraphs and end up with Name and Surname of the Author Without any Title
This Acknowledgement Page is next after the Dedication Page and ordered as the fourth page of the front matter
Note: The example shown above is printed in the Block Style (No Indention on the First Line of Each Paragraph)
If it is printed in the Indented Style, the First Line of Each Paragraph must be started at 10 mm. to the right of paragraph
When the author chooses either Block Style or Indented Style, the Same Style must be used for the whole Thesis/I.S.
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
47

35 mm.
(Bold Font Th/En = 16/12) (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
35 mm.
Optional 10 mm.
Indention if print in
Indented Style
®´ª…o°—»¬‘¸œ·¡œ›r / ª·š¥µœ·¡œ›r / „µ¦‡oœ‡ªoµ² ..........................................................................................
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing 25 mm.
Ÿ¼oÁ…¸¥œ œµ¥ / œµŠ / œµŠ­µª / ¥« / ²¨² ... ºÉ° œµ¤­„»¨ ...
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
ž¦·µ ... ºÉ°ž¦·µ ... (... ­µ…µª·µ ...)
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
°µ‹µ¦¥rš¸Éž¦¹„¬µ
Th/En = 2/3 Line Spacing
... ‡ÎµœÎµ®œoµ ... .......... ºÉ° œµ¤­„»¨ ..........
(Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
š‡´—¥n°
Th/En = 2/3 Line Spacing
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................
Optional 10 mm.
Indention if print in the Indented Style
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................
Optional 10 mm.
Indention if print in the Indented Style
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................
e
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
Abstract is a Brief Summary of the Dissertation/Thesis/I.S. describing the Whole Story of the work done within One Page
It may be divided into paragraphs starting from the Background, Rationale, until Output and Outcome of the research work
Especially, it should describe the Main Contribution of the author to the Academic and/or Professional Development
On this page, the name of the author should begin with title(s)
Every Thesis or Independent Study Report must have Abstract in Both Thai and English on Separate Pages
This Thai Abstract ( š‡´—¥n° ) Page is next after the Acknowledgement Page and ordered as page “e” or “v” (Roman Number) for English writing or “ ‹ ” for Thai writing
Block Style or Indented Style must be same as the style used in the Acknowledgement Page and also the Rest of the Book
48
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

35 mm.
(Bold Font Th/En = 16/12) (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
35 mm.
Optional 10 mm.
Indention if print in the Indented Style
Dissertation/Thesis/I.S. Title ..........................................................................................
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing 25 mm.
Author Mr./Mrs./Ms./etc. ... Name and Surname ...
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
Degree ... Degree ... (... Major/Field of Specialization ...)
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
Advisor ... Academic Title ..., ... Name and Surname ...
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
Th/En = 2/3 Line Spacing
(Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
ABSTRACT
Th/En = 2/3 Line Spacing
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
...........................................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
Optional 10 mm.
Indention if print in the Indented Style
...........................................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
Optional 10 mm.
Indention if print in the Indented Style
...........................................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
f
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
Abstract is a Brief Summary of the Dissertation/Thesis/I.S. describing the Whole Story of the work done within One Page
It may be divided into paragraphs starting from the Background, Rationale, until Output and Outcome of the research work
Especially, it should describe the Main Contribution of the author to the Academic and/or Professional Development
On this page, the name of the author should begin with title(s)
Every Thesis or Independent Study Report must have Abstract in Both Thai and English on Separate Pages
This English Abstract ( š‡´—¥n° ) Page is next after the Abstract (in Thai) Page and ordered as page “f” or “vi” (Roman Number) for English writing or “ Œ ” for Thai writing
Block Style or Indented Style must be same as the style used in the Acknowledgement Page and also the Rest of the Book
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
49

35 mm.
45 mm.
35 mm.
Acknowledgement
Abstract in Thai
Abstract in English
List of Tables (if applicable)
List of Figures (if applicable)
(UPPERCASE Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
CONTENTS
Th/En = 2/3 Line Spacing
Page
Th/En = 2/3 Line Spacing d
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing for Front Matter e
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
List of Abbreviations/Symbols/Glossary/etc. (if applicable in separate lines)
Statement of Originality (if applicable, But Required for Doctoral Degree Thesis) m
1 i f k j
Chapter 1 Introduction
1.1 Historical Background
1.2 Objectives
1.3 Literature Review
1.4 Theories / Principles and Rationale
..... ........................................
..... ........................................
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
.....
.....
3
5
1
2
25 mm.
..... ........................................
..... ........................................
..... ........................................
.....
.....
.....
.....
References / Bibliography
Appendix
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix C
Curriculum Vitae
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
191
195
195
197
199
211 g
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
Contents (in Thai “ ­µ¦´ ” or “ ­µ¦µ ”) begins with Acknowledgement, Abstract in Thai, Abstract in English and so on but the Contents itself with Page Number does not appear on the List of Contents
List of Abbreviations, Symbols, Grossory, etc. should be in Separate Sections and appear in Different Lines
For Doctoral Degree Thesis, Statement of Originality is Compulsory
Each Subtopic (First Level Subtopic) under Chapters or Appendix should be placed at 10 mm. indention
Second Level Subtopics may optionally be included under the First Level Subtopics and placed at 20 mm. indention
Second Level Subtopics should be the Final Level to appear in the List of Contents
50
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

35 mm.
35 mm.
(Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
LIST OF TABLES
Th/En = 2/3 Line Spacing
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Th/En = 2/3 Line Spacing
Table 1.1 .......................................................
Table 1.2 .......................................................
Table 1.3 .......................................................
Table 1.4 .......................................................
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
Table 2.1 .......................................................
Table 2.2 .......................................................
Table 2.3 .......................................................
Table 2.4 .......................................................
Table 2.5 .......................................................
Table 2.6 .......................................................
Groups of each Chapter
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
Table 3.1 ......................................................
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
Page
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
7
10
9
11
17
18
13
15
19
23
25 mm.
i
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
List of Tables of each chapter should be listed in a same group
Different group of List of Tables should be separated by 1.5 or 2 Line Spacing for Thai or English Writing respectively
For Thai Writing, the word “Table” is changed to be “ ˜µ¦µŠš¸É ”
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
51

35 mm.
35 mm.
(Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
LIST OF FIGURES
Th/En = 2/3 Line Spacing
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Th/En = 2/3 Line Spacing
Figure 1.1 .......................................................
Figure 1.2 .......................................................
Figure 1.3 .......................................................
Figure 1.4 .......................................................
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
Figure 2.1 .......................................................
Figure 2.2 .......................................................
Figure 2.3 .......................................................
Figure 2.4 .......................................................
Figure 2.5 .......................................................
Figure 2.6 .......................................................
Groups of each Chapter
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
Figure 3.1 .....................................................
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
Page
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
7
9
10
11
17
18
13
15
19
23
25 mm.
j
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
List of Figrues of each chapter should be in the same group
Different group of List of Figures should be separated by 1.5 or 2 Line Spacing for Thai or English Writing respectively
For Thai Writing, the word “Figure” is changed to be “ £µ¡š¸É ”
52
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

35 mm.
35 mm.
(Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
Table
LIST OF TABLES
Th/En = 2/3 Line Spacing
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Th/En = 2/3 Line Spacing
1.1 .................................................................
1.2 .................................................................
1.3 .................................................................
1.4 .................................................................
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
2.1 .................................................................
2.2 .................................................................
2.3 .................................................................
2.4 .................................................................
2.5 .................................................................
2.6 .................................................................
Groups of each Chapter
Page
17
18
13
15
19
23
10
11
7
9
25 mm.
35 mm.
35 mm.
(Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
Figure
LIST OF FIGURES
Th/En = 2/3 Line Spacing
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Th/En = 2/3 Line Spacing
1.1 .................................................................
1.2 .................................................................
1.3 .................................................................
1.4 .................................................................
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
2.1 .................................................................
2.2 .................................................................
2.3 .................................................................
2.4 .................................................................
2.5 .................................................................
2.6 .................................................................
Groups of each Chapter
Page
17
18
13
15
19
23
10
11
7
9
25 mm.
List of Tables and List of Figrues may optionally be arranged in the formats shown above
The word “Table” and “Figure” are placed above the Table Numbers and Figure Numbers on each section rather than placed in front of each Table Number and Figure Number
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
53

35 mm.
10 mm.
35 mm.
(Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
Th/En = 3/4 Line Spacing
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
ASCII
BBC
CNN
DC
ELTS
..........
..........
..........
25 mm.
American Standard Code for Information Interchange
British Broadcasting Corporation
Cable News Network
Direct Current
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Eglish Language Testing System
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
k
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
List of Abbreviations may be in the Form of List as shown above or in the Form of Table
They may be Left Aligned or may be moved a little to the right, say 10 mm., in order to make this page easy-to-read
List of Abbreviation Page is optional, if applicable it should be next after the List of Figures Page
54
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

35 mm.
10 mm.
35 mm.
(Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
LIST OF SYMBOLS
D
O
Z
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
6
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
Th/En = 3/4 Line Spacing
Alpha, Temperature Coefficient
Lamda, Wave Length
Omega, Angular Velocity
Sigma, Summation
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
25 mm.
l
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
List of Symbols may be in the Form of List as shown above or in the Form of Table
They may be Left Aligned or may be moved a little to the right, say 10 mm., in order to make this page easy-to-read
List of Symbols Page is optional, if applicable it should be next after the List of Abbreviations Page
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
55

35 mm.
(Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
GLOSSARY
35 mm.
10 mm.
Th/En = 3/4 Line Spacing
ASCII
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
BBC
Boss
CNN
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12) 25 mm.
American Standard Code for Information Interchange: Character-encoding scheme originally based on the English alphabet that encodes 128 specified characters - the numbers 0-9, the leters a-z and A-Z, some basic punctuation symbols, some control codes that orginated with Teletype machines, and a blank space - into the 7-bit binary integers.
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
British Broadcasting Corporation: British public service broadcasting statutory corporation responsible to provide impartial public service broadcasting in the
United Kingdom, Channel Islands, and the Isle of Man.
in Architecture: 1) Roughly cut stone set in place for later carving. 2) An ornamental projection, a carved keystone of a ribbed vault at the intersection of the ogives.
Cable News Network: American basic cable and satellite television channel found in 1980 that is owned by the Turner Broadcasting System division of Time
Warner.
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
.............................................................................................
m
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
Glossary is an Alphabetical List of Terms with Definitions in a Specific Area of Knowledge
Sometimes, Abbreviations are also included in this section but more details are described
Terms listed in this part are normally Jargon in the Field of Specialization
Glossary may be in the Form of List as shown above or in the Form of Table. They may be Left Aligned or may be moved a little to the right, say 10 mm., in order to make this page easy-to-read
Glossary Page is optional, if applicable it should be just before the Statement of Originality Page
Sometimes it is put as a part in the Appendix Section or in a Separate Section at the end of the book, rather than in the Front
Matter, due to the Limitation in the Number of Pages in the Front Matter
56
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

35 mm.
(Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
o°‡ªµ¤Â®nŠ„µ¦¦·Á¦·É¤
35 mm.
Th/En = 3/4 Line Spacing
1)
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
ª·š¥µœ·¡œ›rœ¸ÊŗoœÎµÁ­œ°ª·›¸„µ¦Ä®¤nĜ„µ¦Á¨º°„Ÿ¼ošœ‹»—Á­¸¥ ­Îµ®¦´ªŠ‹¦—·‹·˜°¨ œ¡ºÊœ“µœ
°ŠÂœª‡ªµ¤‡·—…°Š ‹»—Á­¸¥š¸É­¤¤¼¨„´œ ¨³ ‹»—Á­¸¥š¸É­¤œ´¥„´œÄœ„µ¦š—­° šÎµÄ®o­µ¤µ¦™¨—
‹Îµœªœ‹»—Á­¸¥Ážjµ®¤µ¥ š¸‹ÎµÁž}œÄœ„¦³ªœ„µ¦Ä®o„εÁœ·—¦¼žÂ­´µ–š—­° ¨³„¦³ªœ„µ¦
‹Îµ¨°ŠÂ‹»—Á­¸¥
2)
Á¡ºÉ°„µ¦Á¡·É¤ž¦³­·š›·£µ¡ …°Š„¦³ªœ„µ¦Ä®o„εÁœ·—¦¼žÂ­´µ–š—­°Ã—¥¦ª¤Â¨oª ª·›¸„µ¦Ä®¤n
Ĝ„µ¦­¦oµŠ¦µ¥„µ¦‡ªµ¤­´¤¡´œ›rš¸É…¹Êœ˜n°„´œ…°ŠÃ®œ—˜nµŠÇ (List of Node Dependencies) ĜªŠ‹¦
ŗoœÎµÁ­œ°ÅªoĜª·š¥µœ·¡œ›rœ¸Ê
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
25 mm.
p
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
Statement(s) of Orginality is to declare and claim the Author’s Own Work which it does not cotain any materials previously published or written by other people, or accepted for any other degree or diploma at any educational institution
Statement(s) of Originality could be more than one sentence, if there are more than one originality created by the author
Each originality should be stated in a separate sentence or paragraph
Statements of Originality in Both Thai and English Languages are required in Separate Pages and are mandatory for Dissertation or Doctoral Degree Thesis
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
57

35 mm.
(Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
STATEMENTS OF ORIGINALITY
35 mm.
1.
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
2.
Th/En = 3/4 Line Spacing
A new method of representative fault selection in digital circuits based on the concepts of test equivalent fault and test implied fault is proposed in order to minimize the number of target faults to be considered in automatic test pattern generation and fault simulation.
In order to improve the efficiency of the whole test pattern generation process, a new method of building up list of node dependencies is proposed.
25 mm.
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing q
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
Statement of Orginality is to declare and claim the Author’s Own Work which it does not cotain any materials previously published or written by other people, or accepted for any other degree or diploma at any educational institution
Statement of Originality could be more than one sentence, if there are more than one originality created by the author
Each originality should be stated in a separate sentence or paragraph
Statements of Originality in Both Thai and English Languages are required in Separate Pages and are mandatory for Dissertation or Doctoral Degree Thesis
58
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

35 mm.
No Indention
No Indention
No Indention
No Indention
35 mm.
(All Capital Letters Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
CHAPTER 1
Introduction
Th/En = 2/3 Line Spacing
25 mm.
Th/En = 3/4 Line Spacing (Capital Letter Leading Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................................
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
1.1 Historical Background
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
............................................
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
1
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
The First Line “CHAPTER X” is all Capital Letters with Bold Font sized 20 or 14 for Thai or English respectively
The Title of Chapter, is capital letter begun words with bold font sized 20 or 14 for Thai or English respectively
The Main Subtitles or First Level Subtitle (x.x ...) of Chapters are Bold Font sized 16 or 12 for Thai or English respectively
The First Level Subtitles and Body Text (Paragraphs) under them are Left Justified (no indention)
Normal Line Spacing for Thai (Angsana New) is Single Line Spacing
Normal Line Spacing for English (Times New Roman) is 1.5 Line Spacing
Spacing between Paragraphs and Main Subtitles for Thai and English are 1.5 and 2 Line Spacing respectively
The First Page of CHAPTER 1 is started to count as Page 1
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
59

35 mm.
25 mm.
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
25 mm.
..............................................................................................................
(Bold Font Th/En = 16/12)
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
2.3 ....................................
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................
(Bold Font Th/En = 16/12)
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
2.4 ....................................
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
35
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
Every Body Text Page (except frist page of each chapter) must be printed within the Frame with distances from each side of the paper edges as shown below
Margins from the top edge = 25 mm., from the buttom edge = 35 mm., from the left edge (or book spine side) = 35 mm.
and from the right edge (or opposite side of the book spine) = 25 mm.
The page number is still at the center of the print area with 25 mm. above the buttom edge of the A4-sheet
The Block Style, there is no indention on the first line of each paragraph
60
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

35 mm.
1st Level
No Indention
25 mm.
(Bold Font Th/En = 16/12)
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................
3.5 ...................................
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
25 mm.
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
.................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
2nd Level 10 mm.
10 mm. Hanging
3rd Level 20 mm.
4th Level 30 mm.
5th Level 40 mm.
3.5.1
10 mm. Hanging
................................................................................
1)
2)
................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
................................................................................
10 mm. Hanging
3.5.2
2.1)
10 mm. Hanging ................................................................................
2.1.1) .......................................................................................................
2.1.2)
................................................................................
.......................................................................................................
2.2)
2.1.3)
................................................................................
.......................................................................................................
................................................................................
.................................................................................................................
2.3)
................................................................................
.................................................................................................................
................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
3)
4)
................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
77
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
First Level Subtitles of Chapters begin with Chapter Number followed by a dot “.” and a running number starting from 1 e.g., 1.1 ..., 1.2 ..., 1.3 ... and so on. Second Level Subtitles use the same system as the First Level’s, by adding a dot “.” and a running number starting from 1, e.g., 1.1.1 ..., 1.1.2 ..., 1.1.3 ... and so on. When the numbers of subtitles reach three sets, the system is changed to include Close Round Bracket (Parenthesis) “)”, e.g., 1) ...., 2) ..., ..., 3.3.1) ... 3.3.2) ... and so on, until they reach three sets of numbers the system is changed to include Open and Close Round Backet “(...)”, e.g., (1) ..., (2)
..., ..., (3.4.1) ..., (3.4.2) ... and so on. Only the First Level Subtitles and Texts under them are Justified with No Indention
Deeper Level Subtitles are printed in the Hanging Style with 10 mm. leading by the Number of Subtitles
Each Level of Subtitles is shifted 10 mm. more to the right from the previous level
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
61

35 mm.
(All Capital Letters Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
CHAPTER 1
35 mm.
Introduction
Th/En = 2/3 Line Spacing
25 mm.
Th/En = 3/4 Line Spacing (Capital Letter Leading Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Optional 10 mm.
Indention if print in the Indented Style
.....................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
Optional 10 mm.
Indention if print in the Indented Style
Optional 10 mm.
Indention if print in the Indented Style
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
Optional 10 mm.
Indention if print in the Indented Style
1.1 Historical Background
.....................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
.....................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
............................................
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
.....................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
1
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
The First Line “CHAPTER X” is all Capital Letters with Bold Font sized 20 or 14 for Thai or English respectively
The Title of Chapter, is capital letter begun words with bold font sized 20 or 14 for Thai or English respectively
The Main Subtitles or First Level Subtitle (x.x ...) of Chapters are Bold Font sized 16 or 12 for Thai or English respectively
The First Level Subtitles and Body Text (Paragraphs) under them are Left Justified (no indention)
Normal Line Spacing for Thai (Angsana New) is Single Line Spacing
Normal Line Spacing for English (Times New Roman) is 1.5 Line Spacing
Spacing between Paragraphs and Main Subtitles for Thai and English are 1.5 and 2 Line Spacing respectively
The First Page of CHAPTER 1 is started to count as Page 1
62
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

35 mm.
25 mm.
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
25 mm.
..............................................................................................................
(Bold Font Th/En = 16/12)
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
10 mm. Indention
2.3 ....................................
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
.....................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
10 mm. Indention
10 mm. Indention
...................................................................................................................
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
.....................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
............................................
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
.....................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................
(Bold Font Th/En = 16/12)
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
10 mm. Indention
2.4 ....................................
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
.....................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
35
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
Every Body Text Page (except the frist page of each chapter) must be printed within the Frame with distances from each side of the paper edges as shown below
Margins from the top edge = 25 mm., from the buttom edge = 35 mm., from the left edge (or book spine side) = 35 mm.
and from the right edge (or opposite side of the book spine) = 25 mm.
The page number is still at the center of the print area with 25 mm. above the buttom edge of the A4-sheet
In the Indented Style, the First Line of the First Level of each paragraph must be printed at 10 mm. indention to right
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
63

35 mm.
1st Level
2nd Level
25 mm.
(Bold Font Th/En = 16/12)
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
3.5 ...................................
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
25 mm.
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
.....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
2nd Level with No.
3rd Level 20 mm.
1)
4th Level 30 mm.
5th Level 40 mm.
...........................................................................
.................................................................................................................
................................................................................
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
.................................................................
................................................................................
.................................................................................................................
...........................................................................
.................................................................................................................
................................................................................
3)
....................................................................................................
4)
.............................................
........................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
77
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
First Level Subtitles of Chapters begin with Chapter Number followed by a dot “.” and a running number starting from 1 e.g., 1.1 ..., 1.2 ..., 1.3 ... and so on. Second Level Subtitles use the same system as the First Level’s, by adding a dot “.” and a running number starting from 1, e.g., 1.1.1 ..., 1.1.2 ..., 1.1.3 ... and so on. When the numbers of subtitles reach three sets, the system is changed to include Close Round Bracket (Parenthesis) “)”, e.g., 1) ...., 2) ..., ..., 3.3.1) ... 3.3.2) ... and so on, until they reach three sets of numbers the system is changed to include both Open and Close Round Backet “(...)”, e.g., (1)
..., (2) ..., ..., (3.4.1) ..., (3.4.2) ... and so on. All Paragraphs under the First Level Subtitles and Second Level Subtitles leaded by Numbers are indented 10 mm. from the left margin. Deeper Level Subtitles are indented 10 mm. more on each level Texts from the Second Line on each paragraph and subtitles are Justified with Left Aligned to the Left Margin
64
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

25 mm.
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
35 mm.
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
25 mm.
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
(Centered Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Table 7.3 ...................................................................................
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
............................................
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
(Centered Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Figure 7.2 ......................................................................................
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
99
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
Tables and Figures with their Descriptions must be placed horizontally at the center of the print area
If possible they should be placed next to the paragraph refering to them, otherwise on next page from the refering paragraph
Table Number with Table Description must be placed above the Described Table with one line spacing
Figure Number with Figure Description must be placed just under the Figure with one line spacing
Table and Figures Numbers begin with Chapter Number followed by a dot “.” and a running number starting from 1 e.g., Table 1.1 ..., ..., Table 3.2 ..., ..., Figure 2.2 ..., ..., Figure 5.7 ...
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
65

35 mm.
(Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
REFERENCES
35 mm.
Third Level 30 mm.
Th/En = 3/4 Line Spacing
[Name, Year]
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Author’s Name, “Publication Title,” Journal/Conference, Vol. ... No. .../Venue ......,
Date and Year of Publication, Page No. .....
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
25 mm.
[Name, Year]
[Name, Year]
[Name, Year]
[Name, Year]
[Name, Year]
[Name, Year]
[Name, Year]
Author’s Name, Book Title , Publisher, Edition, Year, Page No. ..., ISBN ................
............................................................................................................
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
Author’s Name, Book Title , Publisher, Edition, Year, Page No. ..., ISBN ................
............................................................................................................
Author’s Name, “Publication Title,” Journal/Conference, Vol. ... No. .../Venue ......,
Date and Year of Publication, Page No. .....
Author’s Name, “Online Publication,” http://www.aaa.bbb.ccc, Date of Retrieval
Author’s Name, “Publication Title”, Journal/Conference, Vol. ... No. .../Venue ......,
Date and Year of Publication, Page No. .....
Author’s Name, “Online Publication,” Journal Title/Bulletin Board, Vol. ... No. ..., http://www.xxx.yyy.zzz, Date of Retrieval
.............................................................................................................................
[Name, Year]
[Name, Year]
[Name, Year]
[Name, Year]
[Name, Year]
[Name, Year]
[Name, Year]
[Name, Year]
.............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................
191
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
Referencing in Name-Year System, Author’s Surname (for English) or Author’s First Name and Surname (for Thai) and
Year of the Publishing in the Square Brackets “[... name ..., ... year ...]” is Left Aligned and leading the details of each publication. References must be Alphabetically Ordered by Surname (for English) and First Name (for Thai)
Group of Thai Laguage References is separated from Other Language References and should be ordered in the first part
The details of publications may be placed at about 30 mm. indention. Normal Line Spacing for Thai (Angsana New) or
English (Times New Roman) is Single or 1.5 Line Spacing respectively. Spacing between each item are 1.5 and 2 Lines for
Thai and English respectively. This Alphabetical Sequence of Referencing System is also used for the Bibliographic
Referencing but without Name and Year in the Square Brackets, and item may be Left Aligned to the Print Area Frame
66
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

35 mm.
10 mm.
20 mm.
35 mm.
(Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
REFERENCES
Th/En = 3/4 Line Spacing
[1] Author’s Name, Book Title
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
, Publisher, Edition, Year, Page No. ..., ISBN ..........................
............................................................................................................
25 mm.
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
[2]
[3]
[4]
Author’s Name, “Publication Title,” Journal/Conference, Vol. ... No. .../Venue ..................
Date and Year of Publication, Page No. .....
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
Author’s Name, “Publication Title,” Journal/Conference, Vol. ... No. .../Venue ..................
Date and Year of Publication, Page No. .....
Author’s Name, “Publication Title,” Journal/Conference, Vol. ... No. .../Venue ..................
Date and Year of Publication, Page No. .....
[5] Author’s Name, “Online Publication,” Journal Title/Bulletin Board, Vol. ... No. ..., http://www.xxx.yyy.zzz, Date of Retrieval
[6] Author’s Name, Book Title , Publisher, Edition, Year, Page No. ..., ISBN .........................
[...] .........................................................................................................................................
[...] .........................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................
[...] .........................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................
[...] .........................................................................................................................................
[...] .........................................................................................................................................
[...] .........................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................
[...] .........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................
[...] .........................................................................................................................................
[...] .........................................................................................................................................
[...] .........................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................
191
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
In Number System Referencing, Square Brackets “[...]” with Reference Running Numbers are used and placed in front of the details of each publication. The First Number , Starting from Number 1, means the first reference used in the body text
References in Number System may not be ordered alphabetically which it should be ordered by the sequence of referencing, starting from the first reference used
The Reference Number in the Square Brackets may be Left Aligned or 10 mm. Indention, while the details of publications may be placed at 20 mm. indention in the Hanging Style
Line Spacing within each item for Thai (Angsana New) or English (Times New Roman) is Single or 1.5 Line Spacing respectively. Spacing between each item for Thai and English are 1.5 and 2 Line Spacing respectively
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
67

35 mm.
10 mm.
35 mm.
(Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS
Th/En = 3/4 Line Spacing
1)
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Author’s Name, “Publication Title,” Journal/Conference, Vol. ... No. .../Venue ..................
Date and Year of Publication, Page No. .....
25 mm.
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
2)
20 mm.
3)
4)
5)
Author’s Name, “Publication Title,” Journal/Conference, Vol. ... No. .../Venue ..................
Date and Year of Publication, Page No. .....
Author’s Name, “Publication Title,” Journal/Conference, Vol. ... No. .../Venue ..................
Date and Year of Publication, Page No. .....
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
Author’s Name, “Online Publication,” Journal Title/Bulletin Board, Vol. ... No. ..., http://www.xxx.yyy.zzz, Date of Retrieval
..........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................
...) .........................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................
195
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
Publications concerning the Research Work/Thesis/Independent Study done by the Author should be listed on this page, especially where they are required to be a partial fulfillment for the Degree
Format of the List of Publications is similar to the format in Number System Referencing but the Number in front of each Publication is followed by a close round bracket (close parenthesis)
List of Publications may also be included in Curriculum Vitae Page
68
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

35 mm.
35 mm.
(All Capital Letters Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
APPENDIX A
Datasheet of CPU
Th/En = 3/4 Line Spacing (Capital Letter Leading Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................
25 mm.
197
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
Appendices are Important Information concerning the Research Work or Contents in the Thesis, which may be or may not be the work done by the author, that are not described in details in the body text, but the author would like to provide them for the readers to know, in order to make the Thesis complete in terms of Contents without additional searching from somewhere else, e.g., Table, Figures, Data from the Experiment, Datasheet of Electronic Devices, etc.
Appendix Section may be divided into many parts which are orderd by the sequence of alphabets, e.g., Appendix A,
Appendix B, Appendix C, etc. (for English) or £µ‡Ÿœª„ „ , £µ‡Ÿœªµ„ … , £µ‡Ÿœª„ ‡ , ²¨² (for Thai) followed by a Title or a Brief Description for each appendix
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
69

35 mm.
35 mm.
(Bold Font Th/En = 20/14)
Th/En = 3/4 Line Spacing
CURRICULUM VITAE
(Regular Font Th/En = 16/12) 25 mm.
Author’s Name
Date/Year of Birth
Title/Mr./Mrs./Ms. .............................................
....................................................................
Th/En = 1.5/2 Line Spacing
Place of Birth ....................................................................
Th/En = 1/1.5 Line Spacing
Education
Scholarship
Adcdemic Year
Adcdemic Year
Adcdemic Year
Certificate/Diploma/Degree, Major/Specialization, Instution
Certificate/Diploma/Degree, Major/Specialization, Instution
Certificate/Diploma/Degree, Major/Specialization, Instution
Duration of Scholarship Granter/Sponsor
.................................................
Publication(s) (if any) Author’s Name, “Publication Title,” Journal/Conference, Vol. ... No. .../Venue .....,
Date and Year of Publication, Page No. .....
Author’s Name, “Publication Title,” Journal/Conference, Vol. ... No. .../Venue .....,
Date and Year of Publication, Page No. .....
Experience (if any) ...........................................................................................................................
..............................................................................
Others (if any) ...........................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................
Th/En = 2/3 Line Spacing
50 mm.
40 mm.
211
35 mm.
25 mm.
Page No. at the center of Print Area (Regular Font Th/En = 16/12)
Standard A4 Paper Size (210 x 297 sq.mm.)
Curriculum Vitae may be written in Form of List as shown above or Form of Essay to describe background of the author
Title, Position and/or Rank of the Author may be included. The author who feels uneasy to provide some details may provide only some parts that feels confortable, e.g., the Date of Birth may provide only Month and Year of Birth
All Publications, particularly generated from the research work of study, should be lists. Experience may include some kinds of Computer Language Skill, Laboratory Experience, Training in Industries, Attending Conference/Seminar, etc.
Others item may be like Student or Social Activities, Member of Academic or Professional Institutions, etc.
A Portrait Straigth Face Photograph (Without Hat and Sun Glasses) of the author sized 40 x 50 sq.mm. should be included in the Left Lower Box
70
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
71

72
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558

Advance
Algorithm
Analysis
Application
Appropriate
Comprehensive
Concept
Dissertation
Effect
Electronics
Elementary
Experiment
Font
Format
Fundamental
Indention
Indentation
Independent
Intermediate
Jargon
Laboratory
Method
Methodology
´Êœ­¼Š
®¨´„ª·›¸
„µ¦ª·Á‡¦µ³®r
„µ¦ž¦³¥»„˜r
Á®¤µ³­¤
š¸É‡¦°‡¨»¤ : Comprehensive Examination „µ¦­°ž¦³¤ª¨‡ªµ¤¦¼o
œª‡·— œª‡ªµ¤‡·—
—»¬‘¸œ·¡œ›r Á°„­µ¦¦µ¥Šµœ„µ¦ª·‹´¥ «¹„¬µ ‡oœ‡ªoµ Ĝ¦³—´ž¦·µÁ°„
Ÿ¨ ž¦µ„‘„µ¦–r ( ª·š¥r Áš‡Ãœ² )
°·Á¨È„š¦°œ·„­r
´Êœ˜oœ
„µ¦š—¨°Š
¢°œ˜r ˜´ª¡·¤¡r °´„¬¦
¦¼žÂ
®¨´„¤¼¨ ( ‡–·˜² ) ¦µ„“µœ ¡ºÊœ“µœ
„µ¦Á¥ºÊ°Š ¤¸®¨µ¥Â Ánœ ¨È°„ ‡º° ŤnÁ¥ºÊ°Š Áªoµ ¨³ÂÂ…ªœ
„µ¦‹´—„µ¦Á¥ºÊ°Š Ĝ„µ¦¡·¤¡r¥n°®œoµ˜nµŠÇ ¦ª¤š´ÊŠ„µ¦Á¥ºÊ°Š…°Š®´ª…o°¥n°¥
°·­¦³ : Independent Study „µ¦‡oœ‡ªoµÂ°·­¦³
´Êœ„¨µŠ
«´¡šrÁŒ¡µ³ªŠ„µ¦ £µ¬µÁŒ¡µ³„¨»n¤
ž’·´˜·„µ¦ ®o°Šž’·´˜·„µ¦
ª·›¸„µ¦ ª·›¸
¦³Á¸¥ª·›¸
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558
73

Mission
Model
Objective
Optimization
Organization
Orientation
Practice
Principle
Procedure
Process
Project
Purpose
Proposal
Qualify
Quality
Random
Report
Research
Sample
Select
Study
ªœ„µ¦
‹Îµ¨°Š ®»nœ‹Îµ¨°Š
ª´˜™»ž¦³­Š‡r
„µ¦®µ‹»—Á®¤µ³­»—
°Š‡r„µ¦
„µ¦ž¦´‡ªµ¤‡·— „µ¦ž“¤œ·Áš« „µ¦Âœ³ÂœªšµŠ
„µ¦ f„ž’·´˜·
®¨´„„µ¦
ª·›¸ž’·´˜·
„¦³ªœ„µ¦
ǦŠ„µ¦ ǦŠŠµœ
‹»—ž¦³­Š‡r ‡ªµ¤ž¦³­Š‡r
o°Á­œ°
Á®¤µ³­¤ ¤¸‡»–­¤´˜· : Qualifying Examination „µ¦­°ª´—‡»–­¤´˜·
‡»–£µ¡
­»n¤ : Randomization „µ¦­»n¤
¦µ¥Šµœ
„µ¦ª·‹´¥
˜´ª°¥nµŠ : Sampling „µ¦Á„ȝ˜´ª°¥nµŠ „µ¦´„˜´ª°¥nµŠ ( ¤´„čoŸ·—Áž}œ „µ¦­»n¤ )
Á¨º°„­¦¦
„µ¦«¹„¬µ „µ¦‡oœ‡ªoµ
Style
Technology
Terminology
Thesis
Title
 ¨¸¨µ
Áš‡ÃœÃ¨¥¸
«´¡šr´´˜·
ª·š¥µœ·¡œ›r
ºÉ°Á¦ºÉ°Š ®¦º° ®´ª…o°
Topic
Training
®´ª…o°
„µ¦ f„Šµœ
Transliteration „µ¦š´«´¡šr : Transliterated Word ‡Îµš´«´¡šr
Typeface or Type Style ˜´ª¡·¤¡r ®¦º° °´„¬¦ Ĝ¦³‡°¤¡·ªÁ˜°¦rœ·¥¤Á¦¸¥„ ¢°œ˜r
74
คูมือการเขียนและพิมพปริญญานิพนธ
© บัณฑิตวิทยาลัย มหาวิทยาลัยเชียงใหม 14 กุมภาพันธ 2558